WO2023216986A1 - Buffer status report (bsr) indication method, and apparatus - Google Patents

Buffer status report (bsr) indication method, and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023216986A1
WO2023216986A1 PCT/CN2023/092247 CN2023092247W WO2023216986A1 WO 2023216986 A1 WO2023216986 A1 WO 2023216986A1 CN 2023092247 W CN2023092247 W CN 2023092247W WO 2023216986 A1 WO2023216986 A1 WO 2023216986A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bsr
terminal device
mac
message
lcg
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/092247
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张彦清
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210727520.7A external-priority patent/CN117119599A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023216986A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023216986A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a buffer status report (BSR) indication method and device.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system gradually emerges some multimedia services with strong real-time performance, such as video transmission, cloud Games, extended reality (XR), tactile Internet, etc.
  • XR extended reality
  • the XR video service which has ultra-high bandwidth and ultra-low latency requirements, has attracted much attention.
  • the terminal device For example, taking the terminal device sending XR video data to the network device as an example, after the terminal device establishes a connection with the network device, the terminal device needs to send a buffer status report (BSR) to the network device to notify the network device.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • LCH logical channel
  • LCG logical channel group
  • the current BSR triggering mechanism cannot well support timely reporting of BSR for XR video services, resulting in a waste of resources or additional transmission delays.
  • This application provides a cache status report BSR indication method and device, which can ensure that the terminal equipment reports the BSR in a timely manner while sending uplink data, so as to enable the network equipment to perform reasonable uplink resource allocation, thereby reducing resource waste and reducing transmission costs. time delay.
  • the first aspect provides a cache status report BSR indication method.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device (for example, user equipment, UE), or it can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the terminal device. This application does not limit this. For the convenience of description, the following takes execution by the terminal device as an example. Be explained.
  • the method includes: the terminal device receives a first message from the first device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger a BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the LCG of the terminal device; the terminal device sends a message to the first device according to the first message.
  • the terminal device reports the BSR in time while transmitting data, thereby enabling the first device to allocate reasonable transmission resources to the terminal device, so as to reduce resource waste and transmission delay.
  • the terminal device receives a second message from the first device, the second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device, and the transmission resources are used to carry BSR MAC CE.
  • the transmission resources include physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resources or physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) resources.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • the second message is carried in control information, and the control information includes downlink control information (DCI) or sidelink control information (SCI). ).
  • DCI downlink control information
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • control information is also used to carry the first message.
  • the first message is carried in the MAC CE.
  • the MAC subheader (subheader) of the MAC CE includes a logical channel identifier (LCID).
  • the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message, including: when the value of the LCID is a preset value, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message.
  • LCID logical channel identifier
  • the first message is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information from the first device, and the first configuration information is used to configure at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID.
  • the BSR MAC CE includes the cache status of the LCG corresponding to at least one LCG ID.
  • the first device can directly or indirectly indicate one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through indication information (first message); or, the first device can also semi-statically configure the terminal device (first configuration information) One or more LCG IDs. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
  • the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message, including: the terminal device sends the BSR MAC to the first device when the first condition is met. CE.
  • the first condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
  • the first condition is defined to explain that the reporting method is triggered by the MAC CE in the BSR.
  • the first message is also used to indicate a first duration
  • the first duration is used to indicate a time offset of the first moment relative to the second moment
  • the first moment The second moment is the moment when the terminal device triggers the BSR, and the second moment is the moment when the terminal device receives the first message.
  • the effect of triggering the BSR on a timed basis is achieved. For example, after the terminal device receives the MAC CE at time t0, the decoding is successful and the BSR report is triggered. At this time, the first duration may be zero. However, considering that the terminal device may fail to decode the MAC CE when it receives it during the initial transmission, the terminal device needs to request the first device to schedule a retransmission, which will lead to the terminal device correctly decoding the time and initial transmission schedule of the MAC CE. The time is inconsistent. Pass first The duration can ensure that when the terminal device triggers BSR, it enables the first device to obtain the BSR MAC CE in a timely and effective manner and allocate transmission resources to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; Or, when the terminal device triggers the BSR and fills the BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
  • a MAC protocol data unit SDU should contain at most one BSR MAC CE, even if multiple events trigger BSR reporting.
  • regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR.
  • the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
  • a cache status report BSR indication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a first device (for example, a base station or a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the first device.
  • a first device for example, a base station or a UE
  • This application provides This is not a limitation.
  • the following description takes execution by the first device as an example.
  • the method includes: the first device sends a first message to the terminal device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the logical channel group LCG of the terminal device; the first device receives the BSR from the terminal device Mac CE.
  • SL sidelink
  • UE1 and UE2 communicate through the SL PC5 interface, and UE1 communicates with the base station through the Uu interface.
  • the PC5 communication requires resource allocation by the base station.
  • UE1 needs to report UE1's BSR to the base station.
  • the BSR is used to indicate how much data UE1 needs to send to UE2 to enable the base station to schedule PC5 resources for UE1.
  • UE1 in this implementation can be understood as the base station role mentioned above, and UE2 can be understood as the UE role in the above method.
  • the terminal device by sending the BSR trigger indication to the terminal device, it can be ensured that the terminal device reports BSR in time while transmitting data, thereby enabling the first device to allocate reasonable transmission resources to the terminal device, thereby reducing resource waste and transmission delay.
  • the first device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device, and the transmission resources are used to carry the BSR Mac CE.
  • the transmission resources include PUSCH resources or PSSCH resources.
  • the second message is carried in a control message, and the control information includes DCI or SCI.
  • control information is also used to carry the first message.
  • the first message is carried in the MAC CE.
  • the MAC sub-header of the MAC CE includes LCID; wherein, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, including: when the value of LCID is a preset value When, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device.
  • the first message is also used to indicate at least one LCG ID.
  • the first device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the first configuration information is used to configure at least one LCG ID.
  • the BSR MAC CE includes at least one LCG ID The cache status of the corresponding LCG.
  • the first device can directly or indirectly indicate one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through indication information (first message); or, the first device can also semi-statically configure the terminal device (first configuration information) One or more LCG IDs. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
  • the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, including: when the first condition is met, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device. .
  • the first condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
  • the first condition is defined to explain that the reporting method is triggered by the MAC CE in the BSR.
  • the first message is also used to indicate a first duration
  • the first duration is used to indicate a time offset of the first moment relative to the second moment
  • the first moment The second moment is the moment when the terminal device triggers the BSR MAC CE
  • the second moment is the moment when the terminal device receives the first message.
  • the effect of triggering the BSR on a timed basis is achieved. For example, after the terminal device receives the MAC CE at time t0, the decoding is successful and the BSR report is triggered. At this time, the first duration can be zero. However, considering that the terminal device may fail to decode the MAC CE when it receives it during the initial transmission, the terminal device needs to request the first device to schedule a retransmission, which will lead to the terminal device correctly decoding the time and initial transmission schedule of the MAC CE. The time is inconsistent.
  • the first duration can ensure that when the terminal device triggers BSR, the first device is enabled to obtain the BSR MAC CE in a timely and effective manner and allocate transmission resources to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device simultaneously triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; or , when the terminal device triggers BSR and fills BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates BSR MAC CE based on BSR.
  • regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR.
  • the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
  • a cache status report BSR triggering method is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device (such as a UE), or may be executed by a chip or circuit used in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • a terminal device such as a UE
  • the following description takes execution by a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the terminal device receives second configuration information from the first device, the second configuration information is used to configure the first timer and first signaling, and the first signaling is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR; when the second If the condition is met, the terminal device starts or restarts the first timer, and the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device.
  • the second condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission, and the transmission resources are the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE reported by the terminal device and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and
  • the first signaling is a first value (for example, the first value indicates disable).
  • the first signaling is periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling, which contains two values.
  • the first timer for example, periodicBSR-Timer
  • BSR MAC CE for example, other reasons cause the terminal device to trigger BSR reporting
  • periodicBSRrefresh-r18 enable
  • the BSR triggering method is configured through radio resource control (RRC) semi-static signaling, and the BSR triggering condition is modified (that is, the terminal device starts or restarts the first timer when the first timer times out. timer, and will not start or restart the first timer due to the BSR MAC CE report), ensuring the stability of the BSR triggering cycle.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the second configuration information also includes second signaling, the second signaling is used to indicate at least one LCG ID, and the BSR MAC CE includes at least one LCG ID corresponding to LCG cache status.
  • the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the second signaling. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates a BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; Or, when the terminal device triggers the BSR and fills the BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
  • regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR.
  • the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
  • the fourth aspect provides a buffer status report BSR triggering method, which can be executed by a first device (for example, a base station or a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the first device.
  • a first device for example, a base station or a UE
  • a chip or circuit for the first device for example, a buffer status report BSR triggering method
  • the method includes: a first device sends second configuration information to a terminal device, the second configuration information is used to configure a first timer and first signaling, and the first signaling is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger BSR; when the second condition is met In this case, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, and the first timer is in a starting or restarting state.
  • the second condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission, and the transmission resources are the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the first signaling is the first value.
  • the BSR triggering method is configured through semi-static signaling (i.e., the first signaling), and the triggering condition of the BSR is modified (i.e., the terminal device starts or restarts the first timer when the first timer times out, The first timer will not be started or restarted due to the reporting of BSR MAC CE) to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering cycle.
  • the second configuration information also includes second signaling, the second signaling is used to indicate at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID, and the BSR MAC CE includes at least one LCG The cache status of the logical channel group LCG corresponding to the ID.
  • the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the second signaling. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
  • a cache status report BSR triggering method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device (such as a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the terminal device.
  • a terminal device such as a UE
  • This application is not limited to this.
  • the following description takes execution by a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information from the first device, the third configuration information is used to configure the second timer and the second duration, and the third configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR; in the second timer When the timing duration exceeds the second duration, the terminal device starts or restarts the second timer, and the terminal device sends a request to the third timer according to the BSR.
  • a device sends a BSR MAC CE.
  • the second timer is different from the first timer (the timer periodicBSR-Timer used to trigger the periodic BSR), and they exist independently of each other.
  • the BSR triggering method is configured through RRC semi-static signaling, including configuring a constant BSR triggering period (ie, the second duration) and a second timer to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering period.
  • the third configuration information is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID
  • the BSR MAC CE includes a cache of the logical channel group LCG corresponding to at least one LCG ID. state.
  • the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the third configuration information. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates a BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; Or, when the terminal device triggers the BSR and fills the BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
  • regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR.
  • the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
  • the sixth aspect provides a cache status report BSR triggering method.
  • the method can be executed by the first device (for example, a base station or a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the first device.
  • This application provides This is not a limitation. For convenience of description, the following description takes execution by the first device as an example.
  • the method includes: the first device sends third configuration information to the terminal device, the third configuration information is used to configure the second timer and the second duration, and the third configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR; When the timing duration exceeds the second duration, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, and the second timer is in a starting or restarting state.
  • the BSR triggering method is configured through RRC semi-static signaling, including configuring a constant BSR triggering period (ie, the second duration) and a second timer to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering period.
  • the third configuration information is also used to indicate at least one LCG ID
  • the BSR MAC CE includes the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID.
  • the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the third configuration information. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, includes: a transceiver, a processor and a memory, the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals; the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes The method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a program or code for device execution.
  • the computer program or code When the computer program or code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first step.
  • a method provided by any implementation manner from the aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • a ninth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
  • a chip including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the installation
  • the communication device with the chip system executes the method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
  • the chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • the present application provides a processor for executing the method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
  • Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to this application.
  • Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to this application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the first triggering BSR reporting.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the second type of triggering BSR reporting.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of determining the start time of the delay timer provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of the third cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of the third cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR triggering method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the third triggering BSR reporting provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR triggering method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the fourth triggering BSR reporting provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: fifth generation (5G) systems or new radio (NR), long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS) or other evolved communication systems, etc.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD Frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • 6G sixth generation
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), and device-to-device (D2D). ) network, machine to machine (M2M) network, Internet of Things (Internet of things, IoT) network or other networks.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • M2M machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles.
  • the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively called vehicle to other devices (V2X, X can represent anything).
  • the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, where the vehicle and Infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application will take the 5G network architecture as an example for description.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture 100 applicable to the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as network device 101; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as terminal devices 102 to 107.
  • the terminal devices 102 to 107 can be mobile or fixed.
  • Network device 101 and one or more of terminal devices 102 to 107 may communicate via wireless links. That is, the network device can send signals to the terminal device, and the terminal device can also send signals to the network device.
  • each network device may provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area and may communicate with end devices located within the coverage area.
  • the network device can send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink data to the network device based on the configuration information; for another example, the network device can send downlink data to the terminal device. Therefore, the network device 101 and the terminal devices 102 to 107 in Fig. 1 constitute a communication system.
  • terminal devices can communicate directly with each other.
  • D2D technology can be used to achieve direct communication between terminal devices.
  • D2D technology can be used to communicate directly between terminal devices 105 and 106, and between terminal devices 105 and 107.
  • Terminal device 106 and terminal device 107 may communicate with terminal device 105 individually or simultaneously.
  • the terminal devices 105 to 107 can also communicate with the network device 101 respectively.
  • it can communicate with the network device 101 directly, that is, the terminal devices 105 and 106 can communicate with the network device 101 directly; it can also communicate with the network device 101 indirectly, that is, the terminal device 107 communicates with the network device 101 via the terminal device 105.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to this application.
  • the technical solution of this application can be applied to cellular uplink transmission scenarios.
  • UE1 communicates with the base station through the Uu interface, that is, UE 1 reports BSR to the base station; or, it can also be applied to side chains.
  • UE1 communicates with UE2 through the SL PC5 interface.
  • the PC5 communication requires resource allocation by the base station.
  • UE1 needs to report UE1's BSR to the base station, that is, how much data UE1 needs to transmit to UE2, so as to enable the base station to schedule PC5 resources for UE1, thereby realizing communication between UE1 and UE2.
  • the BSR reported by UE1 at this time is the BSR for UE1 to transmit data to UE2, not the BSR for UE1 to transmit data to the base station.
  • the DCI format may be DCI format 3_0 or DCI format 3_1.
  • UE1 when there is communication between UEs without the participation of a base station, for example, when UE1 communicates with UE2, UE1 can be the above-mentioned base station role, and UE 2 can be the above-mentioned UE role.
  • UE1 instructs UE2 to trigger BSR reporting by sending sidelink control information (SCI) signaling.
  • the SCI signaling can be SCI format 1-A, SCI format 2-A or SCI format 2-B. .
  • FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B respectively illustrate one network device and multiple terminal devices, as well as communication links between the communication devices.
  • the above communication system may include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices, such as more or less terminal devices. This application does not limit this. Below, some devices involved in the network architecture 100 will be described respectively.
  • the terminal equipment may be called user equipment (UE), terminal, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal , terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of this application can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver functions, an XR terminal, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, or a mixed reality (mixed reality) , MR) terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control, wireless terminal in driverless driving, wireless terminal in telemedicine, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, smart home Wireless terminals, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), devices with wireless communications Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminals in 5G networks or terminals
  • certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology, etc.) can be used to communicate with each other between terminal equipment and access network equipment, and between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the network device may be a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices, or may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices or a chip of the device.
  • the network equipment includes but is not limited to: radio network controller (RNC), base station controller (BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point) in the wireless fidelity system , TRP), etc., it can also be a gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in a 5G (such as NR) system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also It is a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, such as a baseband unit BBU, or a distributed unit (DU).
  • RNC
  • network equipment can adopt a CU-DU separation architecture, that is, including a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a DU.
  • Network equipment may also include active antenna units (active antenna units, AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of network equipment, such as processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DU implements some functions of network equipment, such as handling physical layer protocols and real-time services, implementing wireless link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (PHY) layer. ) layer function.
  • RLC wireless link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and active antenna related functions.
  • the RRC layer information is generated by the CU, and will eventually be encapsulated by the PHY layer of the DU into PHY layer information, or converted from the PHY layer information. Therefore, under this architecture, high-level signaling (for example, RRC layer signaling) can also be considered to be sent by DU, or sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU Node (CU-CP node) and user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and DU node equipment.
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, such as indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the sky. In the embodiments of this application, the scenarios in which network devices and terminal devices are located are not limited.
  • each of the above communication devices can be configured with multiple antennas.
  • the plurality of antennas may include at least one transmit antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receive antenna for receiving signals.
  • each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (for example, processors, modulators, multiplexers, etc.) converter, demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through multi-antenna technology.
  • the communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, to which the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B are only simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding.
  • the communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices not shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B; for example, a core network Equipment etc.
  • access network equipment provides wireless access connections for terminal equipment, and can send data to or receive data from terminal equipment;
  • access network equipment and core network equipment are also connected, and can receive data from terminal equipment.
  • the received data is forwarded to the core network, or data that needs to be sent to the terminal device is received from the core network.
  • XR refers to various types of combined real and virtual environments generated by computing technology and wearable devices, as well as human-computer interaction, and mainly includes virtual and reality interaction technologies such as VR, AR and MR. In order to improve the experience of people interacting with the virtual world, XR services have strict requirements on bandwidth and latency.
  • the XR terminal can collect and continuously upload images of the current scene to the server through the built-in camera at a specific frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.).
  • the server's encoder generates data content at a fixed frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.) and transmits it to the XR terminal via the core network and RAN.
  • XR services periodically generate data frames according to a certain frame rate. Due to the encoding characteristics of XR video data, such as intra-frame, inter-frame encoding, and the randomness of video content changes, XR data frame size usually varies greatly. For example, the sizes of two adjacent XR data frames may be different, and may be quite different. In addition, the changes in the size of the XR data frame are also random and conform to a certain distribution, but it is almost impossible to predict accurately.
  • the business models of downlink XR services include AR/VR and cloud games.
  • the AR/VR frame rate can be 60fps or 120fps, that is, 60 or 120 frames of video images are generated per second, one video frame appears approximately every 16.67ms or 8.33ms, and the transmission rate is 20Mbps or 45Mbps, etc.
  • the air interface transmission delay budget for a complete video frame is 10ms.
  • the CG frame rate can be 60fps or 120fps, that is, 60 or 120 frames of video images are generated per second, and the transmission rate is 8Mbps or 30Mbps, etc.
  • the air interface transmission delay budget of a complete video frame is 15ms.
  • the time starts from when the base station receives one frame of image data from the UPF until one frame of image is successfully sent from the base station to the UE. This period of time can be called the air interface transmission delay budget of the video frame.
  • BSR includes regular BSR (regular BSR), periodic BSR (periodic BSR), padding BSR (padding BSR), etc.
  • regular BSR regular BSR
  • periodic BSR periodic BSR
  • padding BSR padding BSR
  • the triggering conditions of regular BSR include the following (1)-(3)
  • the triggering conditions of periodic BSR include Following (4)
  • BSR is triggered by periodicBSR-Timer timeout
  • the triggering conditions for filling BSR include the following (5).
  • (5)paddingBSR The remaining resources of MAC PDU can be put down BSR+BSR header. That is to say, uplink resources have been allocated, and the number of padding bits is greater than or equal to the sum of the number of bits of the BSR MAC CE and its MAC subheader.
  • the UE determines to report long BSR or short BSR according to the LCG situation. Specifically, when there is more than one LCG buffer with data to be transmitted, the UE reports a long BSR; when there is only one LCG buffer with data to be transmitted, the UE reports a short BSR. Therefore, when the UE transmits data, it reports the BSR of the LCG where the XR data frame is located to the base station, which enables the base station to reasonably allocate uplink resources and reduce resource waste.
  • RTBC real-time bandwidth interaction
  • the UE when there is uplink data to be sent, the UE sends a scheduling request (SR) to the base station on the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) to request the uplink grant (UL grant) .
  • SR only tells the base station whether there is uplink data transmission, but does not tell the base station how much data to transmit.
  • the SR transmission resources (such as period, offset, etc.) of each LCH can be different, and each logical channel is configured separately. If the UE does not receive the uplink authorization from the base station, the UE can continue to send SR. After receiving the SR, the base station responds to the SR and indicates the scheduling information to the UE through the PDCCH (for example, DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 0_1).
  • the base station will schedule the UE according to a small, fixed amount of data, because the base station does not know how much data the UE needs to send at this time.
  • the UE After receiving the scheduling instruction, the UE sends data on the PUSCH resources allocated by the base station, including BSR information, which is used to inform the base station of the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on the LCH or LCG. If the BSR received by the base station is greater than 0, it continues to indicate scheduling information to the UE through the PDCCH, and then the UE performs data transmission on the PUSCH resources indicated by the base station.
  • dynamic scheduling includes dynamic grant (DG)
  • semi-static scheduling includes configured grant (CG) scheduling.
  • Dynamic scheduling refers to the base station scheduling PUSCH resources (such as frequency domain and time domain resource locations) for the UE through downlink control information (DCI), and the UE can transmit uplink data on the PUSCH resources.
  • CG includes two scheduling methods. In configuration grant type 1 (CG type1), the base station configures the scheduling period, scheduling resources (such as frequency domain, time domain resource location), hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat request) for the UE through RRC signaling.
  • HARQ Repeat request, HARQ
  • mcs modulation and coding scheme
  • the UE can authorize uplink data transmission in this configuration.
  • configuration grant type 2 CG type2
  • the base station configures parameters such as the scheduling cycle, the number of HARQ processes, and which mcs table to use for the UE through RRC signaling, and then indicates the frequency domain, time domain resource location, and mcs index value through DCI, that is, CG type2 is controlled by physical layer or layer 1 signaling to activate or deactivate the transmission of CG.
  • the base station Based on the above scheduling method, it is necessary to consider how the base station accurately provides scheduling resources to the UE. That is to ensure that XR data frames are completely transmitted within the limited packet delay budget (PDB) without causing a waste of resources.
  • PDB packet delay budget
  • the base station can be notified of the current UE's LCG cache status by the UE reporting the BSR, enabling the base station to reasonably allocate uplink resources and reduce the waste of uplink resources.
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of the first triggering BSR reporting.
  • LCGs such as LCG ID0 and LCG ID1.
  • LCG ID0 includes 2 LCs, such as LCID1 and LCID2
  • LCG ID1 includes 2 LCs, such as LCID3 and LCID4.
  • the LC where the XR data frame is located is LCID1
  • the XR video service cycle is about 16.67ms or 8.33ms
  • its air interface transmission PDB requirement is about 60ms. Since the air interface transmission PDB is greater than the interval for the XR data frame to arrive at the LC, the first XR may occur When the transmission of frame (data 1) is not completed, the second XR frame (data 2) has arrived at the LC.
  • neither the above triggering conditions (1) nor (2) of the conventional BSR are satisfied, so the UE will not trigger the BSR report. That is, the current UE cannot report the BSR according to the data period of the XR data frame (for example, 16.67ms or 8.33ms).
  • the failure of the BSR to be reported to the base station may cause a waste of resources, or the base station may mistakenly believe that the UE has no data to be transmitted and not continue to schedule uplink resources, resulting in additional transmission delays.
  • the base station can configure periodicBSR-Timer through RRC signaling to instruct the UE to periodically trigger BSR reporting, that is, periodicBSR.
  • the periodicBSR-Timer is synchronized with the transmission period of the XR data frame to enable the UE to trigger BSR reporting when transmitting the XR data frame.
  • the restart of the periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the timer periodicBSR-Timer and also depends on whether the UE reports the BSR. That is to say, even if the periodicBSR-Timer does not time out, but the UE triggers a regular BSR report due to other reasons (for example, the above trigger condition (1) or (2)), the periodicBSR-Timer will be reset.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the second type of triggering BSR reporting.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the UE transmits XR frame 1 in the first uplink time slot (U1), reports the BSR corresponding to XR frame 1, and restarts the periodicBSR-Timer.
  • XR frame 2 will arrive at the LC#1 in the fourth uplink time slot (U4).
  • the UE correspondingly transmits the XR frame 2 on the U4 and reports the BSR corresponding to the XR frame 2, and Restart periodicBSR-Timer.
  • the UE triggers and reports BSR due to new data to be transmitted on the high-priority logical channel LC#2, the periodicBSR-Timer will be restarted.
  • the UE does not trigger BSR reporting at U4.
  • the trigger time of the periodicBSR-Timer and the transmission period of the XR data frame cannot be guaranteed to be synchronized.
  • Another possible implementation is that after the UE fills the MAC PDU with the XR data frame, if the MAC PDU still has remaining resources, the UE can transmit BSR in the remaining resources, that is, padding BSR, to improve resource utilization. Therefore,
  • the reporting of filled BSR depends on the resources allocated by the base station and the resources required by the UE's LCG. That is to say, there is uncertainty in filling the BSR, and there is no guarantee that the filled BSR will be reported on time.
  • the periodicBSR-Timer will be reset when the UE reports BSR, causing the reporting of periodic BSR to be unable to be fully synchronized with the transmission of XR data frames, resulting in a waste of resources or additional transmission delays.
  • the current BSR triggering mechanism cannot well support timely reporting of BSR for XR video services, resulting in a waste of resources or additional transmission delays.
  • this application provides a communication method and communication device to ensure that the UE reports the BSR to the base station each time it transmits a new XR data frame, and enables the BSR to be reported in time with the transmission of the XR data frame.
  • the method disclosed in this application can improve the utilization of uplink resources, reduce the transmission delay of uplink XR data frames, and reduce the waste of air interface resources.
  • “at least one” refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more (including two).
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b and c can mean: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , b and c.
  • a, b and c can be single or multiple respectively.
  • “for indicating” or “instructing” may include direct indicating and indirect indicating, or “for indicating” or “instructing” may indicate explicitly and/or implicitly.
  • indicating information I when describing certain information as indicating information I, it may include that the information directly indicates I or indirectly indicates I, but it does not mean that the information must contain I.
  • an implicit indication may be based on the location and/or resources used for transmission; an explicit indication may be based on one or more parameters, and/or one or more indexes, and/or one or more bits it represents. model.
  • the instruction methods involved in this application should be understood to cover various methods that can enable the party to be instructed to obtain the information to be instructed.
  • the information to be instructed can be sent together as a whole, or can be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending cycle and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different.
  • This application does not limit the specific sending method.
  • the sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be predefined, for example, according to a protocol, or may be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device.
  • the configuration information may include, for example but not limited to, one or a combination of at least two of radio resource control signaling, MAC layer signaling and physical layer signaling.
  • the radio resource control signaling includes, for example, RRC signaling
  • the MAC layer signaling includes, for example, a MAC control element (CE)
  • the physical layer signaling includes DCI signaling.
  • this application is mainly applicable to services requiring low latency and high reliability, such as XR or URLLC video services. Of course, it is also applicable to other services that do not have such high latency and reliability requirements, and can improve user-perceived throughput and user experience.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail by taking the interaction between the network device and the terminal device of the XR video service as an example.
  • FIG 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR indication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method specifically includes the following steps.
  • the terminal device receives the first message from the first device.
  • the first device sends the first message to the terminal device.
  • the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the logical channel group LCG of the terminal device.
  • the amount of data may be called data size
  • the cache status may be called cache data size, or cache size (buffer size), or cache data amount.
  • the upstream cache status may be referred to as upstream cache data volume, upstream cache data size, or upstream cache size.
  • the amount of uplink data to be transmitted may be called the size of the uplink data to be transmitted, etc. This application does not specifically limit the specific name.
  • the first device may be a network device (such as a base station) or a terminal device (such as UE2). That is, the technical solution of this application is applicable to both cellular uplink transmission scenarios and sidelink SL scenarios. It should be noted that in the SL scenario, in order to communicate with UE2, UE1 needs to report the BSR of UE1 to the base station to enable the base station to schedule resources for UE1. The BSR at this time is the BSR used by UE1 to transmit data to UE2.
  • the terminal device also receives a second message from the first device.
  • the second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device.
  • the transmission resources are used to carry the BSR MAC CE.
  • the second message may be sent after the terminal device sends the first message.
  • the first message is carried in the MAC CE and the second message is carried in the DCI.
  • the second message may be sent simultaneously with the first message.
  • the first message and the second message may be carried in the same DCI, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the transmission resources include physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resources or physical sidelink shared channel PSSCH resources.
  • UE1 can send the BSR MAC CE to the base station on the PUSCH resources allocated by the base station; or, UE1 can send the BSR MAC CE to UE2 on the PSSCH resources allocated by the base station.
  • the second message is carried in control information, and the control information includes downlink control information DCI or side link control information SCI. Further, the control information is also used to carry the first message.
  • both the first message and the second message are carried in the same control information.
  • the control information may be DCI
  • the control information may be SCI.
  • the first message and the second message are fields of DCI format 0_0, or DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2, where the second message may include multiple fields.
  • the second message is carried in control information, and the control information includes downlink control information DCI or side link control information SCI.
  • the first message is carried in the MAC CE.
  • the first message is carried in the MAC CE
  • the second message is carried in the control information, such as DCI or SCI.
  • the first message is carried on the MAC CE, and the MAC subheader of the MAC CE includes the logical channel identifier LCID.
  • the first message is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information from the first device, and the first configuration information is used to configure at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
  • the first message is also used to indicate the first duration
  • the first duration is used to indicate the time offset of the first moment relative to the second moment.
  • the first moment is the moment when the terminal device triggers the BSR
  • the second moment is when the terminal device triggers the BSR. The moment the device received the first message.
  • the unit of the first duration may be a slot, a symbol, or a millisecond, for example, 2 slots.
  • the effect of timing the BSR can be achieved. For example, after the terminal device receives the MAC CE at time t0, the decoding is successful and the BSR report is triggered. At this time, the first duration can be zero. However, considering that the terminal device may fail to decode the MAC CE when it receives it during the initial transmission, the terminal device needs to request the first device to schedule a retransmission, which will lead to the terminal device correctly decoding the time and initial transmission schedule of the MAC CE. The time is inconsistent.
  • the first duration can ensure that when the terminal device triggers BSR, the first device is enabled to obtain the BSR MAC CE in a timely and effective manner and allocate transmission resources to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the BSR media access control MAC control element CE to the first device according to the first message.
  • the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device when the first condition is met.
  • the first condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
  • the reporting method is triggered by the MAC CE in the BSR.
  • the terminal device when the value of the LCID is a preset value, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message.
  • the MAC CE includes an 8-bit MAC subheader, and the terminal device can determine whether the received MAC subheader is used to trigger BSR reporting based on the LCID.
  • the preset value of the LCID of the MAC CE used to trigger the BSR can be any value from 35 to 44, such as 38. If the value of LCID is 45, it indicates that the MAC CE is not used to trigger BSR reporting; similarly, if the value of LCID is 38, it indicates that the terminal device triggers BSR reporting, that is, after receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device will trigger A BSR report.
  • the BSR triggered in the above manner may be a conventional BSR. That is, when the terminal device triggers BSR reporting through the first message, the UE will transmit the BSR MAC CE on the available transmission resources in the conventional BSR manner.
  • the first configuration information is used to configure at least one
  • the BSR MAC CE includes the cache status of at least one LCG corresponding to the LCG ID.
  • the values of the LCG ID carried in the MAC CE received by the terminal device are 4 and 5, and the BSR MAC CE immediately reported by the terminal device includes the LCG cache status corresponding to the LCG ID of 4 and 5.
  • the MAC CE received by the terminal device contains 8 bits, each bit corresponding to the bitmap of LCG0-LCG7.
  • the corresponding bit "1" of LCGi indicates that the BSR report of LCGi is triggered, the corresponding bit "0" of LCGi indicates not to report.
  • LCGi For example, if the bits corresponding to LCG3 and LCG4 are "1", the BSR MAC CE reported by the terminal device carries the cache status of LCG3 and LCG4. Or, bit information "011" is carried through DCI to instruct the terminal device to trigger LCG3 reporting, etc.
  • the first device can directly or indirectly indicate one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through indication information (first message); or, the first device can also semi-statically configure the terminal device (first configuration information) One or more LCG IDs. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; or, when the terminal device triggers BSR and padding BSR at the same time , the terminal device generates BSR MAC CE based on BSR.
  • a MAC protocol data unit SDU should contain at most one BSR MAC CE, even if multiple events trigger BSR reporting. That is to say, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of the present application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
  • the terminal device reports the BSR in time while sending data, so as to enable the first device to allocate reasonable transmission resources to the terminal device, thereby reducing resource waste and transmission delay.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR indication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station actively triggers the reporting of BSR through MAC CE to ensure that the UE reports BSR while sending data to enable resource allocation by the base station.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps.
  • the base station sends the MAC CE (ie, the first message) to the UE.
  • the UE receives the MAC CE from the base station.
  • the MAC CE is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting, and the BSR is used to indicate the amount of uplink buffered data of at least one LCG of the UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application defines the UE receiving the MAC CE that triggers BSR as a new trigger condition for conventional BSR.
  • the UE transmits data frames to the base station periodically (for example, 60Hz).
  • the base station can know the specific moment when the UE uploads video data, so the base station can pass the MAC CE before the UE uploads the XR data frame. Instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting.
  • the base station instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting through the MAC CE format based on the design of the MAC CE format.
  • FIG. 6(a) is a schematic structural diagram of the first MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the MAC CE subPDU includes an 8-bit MAC subheader and a 0-bit MAC CE.
  • MAC subheader includes R and LCID.
  • R is a reserved bit (reserved).
  • LCID is the logical channel identifier or MAC CE identifier.
  • One possible implementation method is that the UE determines whether the MAC subheader is used to trigger BSR reporting based on the LCID.
  • the LCID value of the MAC CE used to trigger BSR belongs to the range 35 to 44.
  • This value range can be configured by the base station through signaling, or it can be pre-configured by the factory.
  • the LCID of the MAC CE sent by the base station to trigger BSR is equal to 38, which is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting.
  • the UE will trigger a regular BSR report. Specifically, when there are multiple LCG caches with data to be transmitted, the UE reports a long BSR, including the amount of uplink cache data of the multiple LCGs, and optionally also includes the LCG ID. On the contrary, the UE reports the short BSR, which is the amount of uplink buffered data of a certain LCG.
  • the base station can trigger the UE to report the BSR of the specified LCG through the MAC CE.
  • the base station can semi-statically configure an LCG ID for the BSR triggered by the MAC CE. For example, the base station semi-statically configures at least one LCG ID for the UE through the first configuration information, that is, the BSR triggered by the MAC CE only uses The size of the uplink cache data corresponding to the semi-statically configured LCG ID is reported.
  • the base station can add logicalChannelGroup in the BSR-config information element signaling.
  • the specific configuration method can be as follows:
  • the BSR triggered by the MAC CE only reports the uplink cache data size corresponding to the logicalChannelGroup, that is, this reporting method is only performed when the BSR is triggered by the MAC CE.
  • the BSR MAC CE is generated according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; or, when the UE triggers the BSR and the filling BSR at the same time , the BSR generates the BSR MAC CE according to this solution, that is, the generated BSR MAC CE only contains the cache status report of the LCG ID corresponding to the logicalChannelGroup.
  • the UE will follow the current regular BSR method. Report long BSR or short BSR.
  • the base station can semi-statically configure multiple LCG IDs for the BSR triggered by the MAC CE. That is, the BSR triggered by the MAC CE is used to report the uplink buffer number corresponding to the multiple LCG IDs configured semi-statically. According to size.
  • logicalChannelGroupList can be extended to logicalChannelGroupList, as shown below:
  • the base station can dynamically instruct to trigger BSR reporting of multiple designated LCGs.
  • the base station instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI, which carries the LCG ID (for example, LCG3). Then the UE reports the BSR corresponding to LCG3 to the base station.
  • LCG ID for example, LCG3
  • FIG. 6(b) is a schematic structural diagram of the second MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the MAC CE subPDU contains an 8-bit MAC subheader and an 8-bit MAC CE.
  • the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here.
  • the 8-bit MAC CE corresponds to the bitmaps of LCG0 ⁇ LCG7 respectively.
  • the UE when the bit corresponding to the LCGi is '1', the UE will report the BSR corresponding to the LCGi; when the bit corresponding to the LCGi is '0', the UE will not report the BSR corresponding to the LCGi.
  • the UE receives the LCGi bitmap in the MAC CE as '10001000', it can determine that the bits corresponding to LCG7 and LCG3 are '1', and the bits corresponding to other LCGs are '0', then the UE The reported BSR will include the cache data sizes of LCG7 and LCG3.
  • FIG 6(c) is a schematic structural diagram of the third MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the MAC CE subPDU contains an 8-bit MAC subheader and MAC CE.
  • the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here.
  • the LCGi in the MAC CE part is used to indicate an LCG number that the BSR should contain when triggering the UE to report the BSR. For example, when the LCGi is LCG3, the BSR reported by the UE includes the buffered data size of LCG3. When the LCGi is LCG5, the BSR reported by the UE includes the cache data size of LCG5.
  • FIG. 6(d) is a schematic structural diagram of the fourth MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the MAC CE subPDU contains an 8-bit MAC subheader and MAC CE.
  • the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here.
  • Part of the LCGi of the MAC CE is used to indicate the multiple LCG numbers that the BSR should contain when triggering the UE to report the BSR. For example, when the LCGi are LCG3 and LCG7 respectively, the BSR reported by the UE includes the cache data sizes of LCG3 and LCG7.
  • the base station can also instruct the UE through the MAC CE the specific time to trigger the BSR report.
  • FIG. 6(e) is a schematic structural diagram of the fifth MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • a MAC CE that can trigger BSR regularly is provided.
  • the MAC CE subPDU contains the 8-bit MAC subheader and MAC CE.
  • the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here.
  • the MAC CE part includes a delay timer (delay Timer) used to indicate the first duration.
  • the first duration is used to indicate the time offset of the time when the UE triggers BSR relative to the time when the UE receives the MAC CE.
  • the delay Timer is used to determine the time when the UE triggers or reports BSR.
  • the unit of the delay Timer may be a time slot, a millisecond, or a number of symbols.
  • the timer starts counting after the UE receives the MAC CE, and the time corresponding to the timer expires. Trigger BSR.
  • One possible implementation is that after the UE receives the transport block (TB) carrying the MAC CE for the first time, the decoding fails.
  • the UE can report a negative acknowledgment (NACK) to the base station through HARQ feedback.
  • NACK negative acknowledgment
  • the base station schedules a retransmission for the TB of the UE, and then the UE re-receives, decodes and reports. Therefore, it may happen that the time when the UE correctly decodes the MAC CE is inconsistent with the time of the initial transmission schedule. In this case, the UE will determine the delay timer start time based on the initial transmission time.
  • the UE receives the MAC CE for the first time at time t0, and the delay timer is started at time t0.
  • the UE needs to request the base station to schedule retransmission and re-receive the MAC CE at time t3.
  • the decoding is successful, and the delay Timer included in the MAC CE part instructs the UE to trigger the BSR report at t5.
  • the first duration is the difference between t5 and t0.
  • the UE can still report the BSR in time, avoiding transmission delay and waste of resources.
  • Figure 6 (a) is the base station instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting through MAC CE.
  • the MAC CE shown in Figure 6 (b) to (e) is based on the MAC CE shown in Figure 6 (a). further improvements. It should be understood that (b) to (d) of Figure 6 are parallel relationships, that is, the base station instructs the UE through MAC CE to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to one or more designated LCGs, and (e) of Figure 6 is the base station Use MAC CE to indicate the specific moment when the UE triggers BSR reporting.
  • the MAC CE shown in (e) of Figure 6 can also be used in combination with the MAC CE shown in (b) to (d) of Figure 6 respectively.
  • the base station can also use the MAC CE to instruct the UE when to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to one or more LCGs.
  • the base station can also use the MAC CE to instruct the UE when to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to one or more LCGs.
  • the MAC CE implementation provided above is only an exemplary description, and this application does not specifically limit it.
  • the number of LCGis that the base station triggers to report to the BSR through the MAC CE can be m, where m is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the maximum configurable number of LCGs, such as 8.
  • S520 The base station allocates uplink resources to the UE.
  • the uplink resources are physical layer resources, such as PUSCH resources.
  • the base station allocates PUSCH resources to the UE through DCI signaling.
  • the UE receives a second message from the base station, and the second message is used to indicate the uplink transmission resources allocated by the base station to the UE, and the uplink transmission resources are used to carry the BSR MAC CE.
  • the UE can report BSR on the uplink resources. If there are no uplink resources when the BSR is triggered, the UE can suspend the triggered BSR, wait for the uplink resources to be applied to the base station, and then report the BSR on the applied uplink resources. For example, the UE sends a scheduling request (SR) to the base station to request uplink resources for reporting BSR, and the base station configures uplink resources for the UE based on the SR.
  • SR scheduling request
  • One possible implementation method is that the base station configures uplink resources for the UE through dynamic scheduling.
  • the base station may schedule PUSCH resources for the UE through DCI, and the UE may transmit uplink data on the PUSCH resources.
  • the base station configures uplink resources for the UE through semi-static scheduling.
  • the base station can configure the scheduling cycle, time-frequency domain scheduling resources, HARQ and other parameters for the UE through RRC signaling, and the UE can transmit uplink data in the configuration authorization; or, the base station can also first configure the UE through RRC signaling. Configure the scheduling cycle, HARQ and other parameters, and then activate the transmission of the configuration authorization through DCI.
  • the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station on the allocated uplink resources.
  • the base station receives the BSR MAC CE from the UE.
  • BSR MAC CE is used to indicate the amount of uplink buffered data of at least one LCG of the UE.
  • the UE before sending the BSR MAC CE, the UE needs to determine the uplink buffer data size (buffer size) carried in the BSR based on the amount of data to be transmitted in the current LCG buffer area, that is, generate a BSR.
  • buffer size uplink buffer data size
  • a possible implementation method is that the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station when the first condition is met.
  • the first condition is that the uplink transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the uplink transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message (such as MAC CE).
  • the BSR is reported at LCG granularity, that is, the UE accumulates the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on at least one LCH belonging to the same LCG, and generates a BSR of the LCG for reporting.
  • the base station configures the logical channel, it will specify the LCG to which each LCH belongs.
  • the UE may be configured with multiple LCGs, so the BSR reported by the UE may include the uplink cache size of one or more LCGs.
  • the long BSR is reported, and otherwise the short BSR is reported.
  • the logical channel LCH can be used as the granularity, and uplink resources for transmitting uplink data can be applied to the base station for each logical channel.
  • the base station actively triggers the UE to report the BSR through the MAC CE. For example, when the UE wants to upload an XR data frame, it triggers the UE to report the BSR by sending signaling, enabling the BSR to be implemented in time with the transmission of the XR data frame. Report.
  • FIG 8 is a schematic flowchart of the third cache status report BSR indication method 800 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the method specifically includes the following steps.
  • the base station sends MAC CE (ie, the first message) to UE1.
  • UE1 receives the MAC CE from the base station.
  • the MAC CE is used to instruct UE1 to trigger BSR# reporting, and BSR# is used to indicate how much data UE1 needs to send to UE2.
  • the base station can instruct UE1 to trigger BSR# reporting through the design of different formats of MAC CE.
  • S820 The base station allocates uplink resources to UE1.
  • the uplink resources are physical layer resources, such as PUSCH resources.
  • the base station allocates PUSCH resources to UEl through DCI signaling.
  • One possible implementation method is that the base station configures uplink resources for UE1 through dynamic scheduling.
  • Another possible implementation method is that the base station configures uplink resources for UE1 through semi-static scheduling.
  • UE1 sends BSR#MAC CE to the base station on the allocated uplink resources.
  • the base station receives the BSR#MAC CE from UE1.
  • S840 The base station allocates sidelink transmission resources to UE1.
  • the sidelink transmission resources are physical layer resources, such as PSSCH resources.
  • the base station allocates PSSCH resources to UEl through DCI signaling.
  • UE1 receives message #1 from the base station.
  • Message #1 is used to indicate the sidelink transmission resources allocated by the base station to UE1, such as PSSCH.
  • the sidelink transmission resources are used to carry data transmitted by UE1 to UE2. .
  • the base station configures sidelink transmission resources for UE1 through dynamic scheduling, such as through DCI format 3_0 or DCI format 3_1.
  • the base station configures sidelink transmission resources for UE1 through semi-static scheduling.
  • S850 UE1 sends data to UE2 on the allocated sidelink transmission resources.
  • UE2 receives data from UE1.
  • the base station actively triggers UE1 to report BSR# through MAC CE. For example, when UE1 wants to upload an XR data frame to UE2, it triggers UE1 to report BSR# by sending signaling, and enables BSR# to follow the XR data. Frame transmission and timely reporting.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of the fourth cache status report BSR indication method 900 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method specifically includes the following steps.
  • the base station sends DCI (ie, the first message) to the UE.
  • the UE receives DCI from the base station.
  • the DCI is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting, and the BSR is used to indicate the amount of uplink buffered data of at least one LCG of the UE.
  • the DCI is an uplink scheduled DCI (such as DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2)
  • the DCI is also used to indicate uplink transmission resources, such as PUSCH resources.
  • control information DCI indicating the bearer of the uplink transmission resource and the control information DCI indicating the bearer that the UE triggers BSR reporting may be the same or different.
  • the uplink transmission resources can be sent separately, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • this implementation may include the following steps:
  • the base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE.
  • the uplink resources are physical layer resources, such as PUSCH resources.
  • the base station allocates PUSCH resources to the UE through DCI signaling.
  • step S520 of the above-mentioned method 500 For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to step S520 of the above-mentioned method 500. For the sake of brevity, details will not be described again here.
  • the base station can add a 1-bit field to the traditional DCI format to instruct the UE to trigger BSR.
  • the bit in this field is '1', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting; or when the bit in this field is '0', it is used to instruct the UE not to trigger BSR reporting.
  • the UE when the bit in this field is '0', the UE does not trigger BSR, but the UE can still trigger BSR due to the other conditions mentioned above. For example, when the conventional BSR triggering conditions in the traditional BSR triggering mechanism are met (for example, a certain LCG has new data arriving, and the priority of this LCG is higher than the priority of other LCGs to be transmitted, or there is no LCG buffer When there is data to be transmitted), the UE can still report the BSR to the base station.
  • the conventional BSR triggering conditions in the traditional BSR triggering mechanism for example, a certain LCG has new data arriving, and the priority of this LCG is higher than the priority of other LCGs to be transmitted, or there is no LCG buffer
  • the UE can still report the BSR to the base station.
  • the DCI format may be DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 0_2 used to indicate uplink transmission, or the DCI format may also be DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, DCI used to indicate downlink transmission. Format 1_2.
  • the UE after receiving the DCI indicating to trigger the BSR, the UE will report the BSR at the next transmission time when the BSR can be reported.
  • the DCI indicating triggering BSR is an uplink scheduled DCI (for example, DCI format 0_0, or DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2)
  • the UE can report the BSR on the uplink resource scheduled by the DCI.
  • the DCI indicating triggering BSR is downlink scheduling DCI
  • the base station also needs to allocate uplink resources to the UE.
  • the UE reports the BSR on the allocated uplink resources. That is, the method of triggering BSR through downlink DCI can refer to the above method 500.
  • this implementation method is that the base station triggers BSR reporting through uplink scheduling DCI, rather than triggering the UE to report BSR through MAC CE.
  • the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through DCI.
  • each UE can be allocated up to 8 LCGs, such as LCG0 to LCG7, the base station can indicate these 8 LCGs through a 3-bit field, such as 000 to 111.
  • this field bit when this field bit is '011', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report, and the BSR contains the uplink data size of the buffer area of LCG3.
  • this field bit when this field bit is '101', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report, and the BSR includes the uplink data size of the LCG5 buffer area, etc.
  • the UE can be triggered to report the BSR of a certain LCG through RRC signaling and DCI joint indication.
  • the base station can configure the LCG number for the UE that needs to report the BSR through RRC signaling, such as the LCG ID corresponding to the XR video service.
  • the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI.
  • the DCI can only add a 1-bit field to indicate triggering BSR reporting. When the bit in this field is '1', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report; or when the bit in this field is '0', it is used to instruct the UE not to trigger a BSR report.
  • the base station semi-statically configures the LCG number that needs to report the BSR to 2 for the UE through RRC signaling, and then the base station indicates to the UE at a certain moment (for example, the moment when the UE wants to upload the XR data frame) through the field bit '1'
  • the BSR includes the uplink cache data size corresponding to LCG2.
  • the base station can also instruct the UE through DCI the specific time to trigger BSR reporting.
  • the base station can add a bit field to the traditional DCI format to indicate the moment when the UE triggers BSR.
  • a 3-bit field has values from ‘000’ to ‘111’.
  • bit value of this field when the bit value of this field is '000', it is used to indicate that the UE does not trigger BSR reporting; or when the bit value of this field is '010', it is used to indicate that BSR reporting is triggered and the triggering time is late. 2 time slots, or 2 milliseconds, etc. in receiving the DCI.
  • the UE will Before receiving the DCI, or after the UE receives the DCI and before sending the BSR, if the UE triggers the BSR report due to other ways, the UE still reports the BSR normally. When there are multiple LCG uplink cache data sizes that need to be reported When, the UE reports the long BSR. Otherwise, a short BSR is reported.
  • the base station can add an additional bit field #2 to the traditional DCI format to indicate the time when the UE triggers BSR. It should be understood that this bit field #2 is independent of the bit field #1 that indicates triggering the BSR reporting of a certain LCG.
  • the DCI includes bit field #1 and bit field #2.
  • Bit field #1 is used to indicate whether to trigger BSR reporting, or to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG.
  • Bit field #2 is used to indicate the BSR reporting time. .
  • the UE needs to trigger a BSR report, and the triggering time is later than 2ms after receiving the DCI; or, when bit field #1 is '010', and bit field #2 is '100', the UE needs to trigger a BSR report.
  • the BSR contains the uplink data size of the buffer area of LCG2, and the triggering time is later than 4 slots of receiving the DCI, etc. It should be understood that the above time unit may be milliseconds, time slots, or other time units, and this application does not limit this.
  • the above methods respectively provide implementation methods such as the base station instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI, instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through DCI, and instructing the UE to trigger the BSR reporting through DCI at the specific time.
  • implementation methods such as the base station instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI, instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through DCI, and instructing the UE to trigger the BSR reporting through DCI at the specific time.
  • the above-mentioned multiple implementation methods can be used individually or in combination, and this application does not specifically limit this.
  • the above base station instructs the UE to trigger the BSR reporting time through DCI, and instructs the UE to trigger the BSR reporting of a certain LCG through DCI, can be used together to form a new implementation. That is to say, the base station can also instruct the UE through one or more DCIs when to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to a certain LCG.
  • the base station can also instruct the UE through one or more DCIs when to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to a certain LCG.
  • the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station on the PUSCH resource.
  • the base station receives the BSR MAC CE from the UE.
  • the UE before sending the BSR MAC CE, the UE needs to determine the size of the uplink cache data carried in the BSR based on the amount of data to be transmitted in the current LCG buffer area, that is, generate a BSR.
  • a possible implementation method is that the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station when the first condition is met.
  • the first condition is that the uplink transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the uplink transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message (such as DCI).
  • the first message such as DCI
  • the UE accumulates the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted on at least one LCH belonging to the same LCG, and generates a BSR of the LCG for reporting. That is, BSR is reported with LCG as the granularity.
  • the UE may be configured with multiple LCGs, so the BSR reported by the UE may include the uplink cache size of one or more LCGs. For example, if the UE has more than one LCG buffer area to transmit data, the long BSR is reported, and otherwise the short BSR is reported.
  • the base station actively triggers the UE to report the BSR through DCI. For example, when the UE wants to upload an XR data frame, it triggers the UE to report the BSR by sending signaling, enabling the BSR to be reported in time with the transmission of the XR data frame. .
  • the above methods 500, 800 and 900 are actively triggered by the base station through MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling.
  • the UE reports the BSR.
  • the base station provided by this application semi-statically triggers the UE to periodically report BSR through RRC signaling with reference to Figure 10.
  • FIG 10 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR triggering method 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station modifies the triggering method of periodic BSR for the UE through RRC signaling based on the traditional triggering method of periodic BSR reporting.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps.
  • the base station sends configuration information #1 (ie, second configuration information) to the UE.
  • configuration information #1 ie, second configuration information
  • the UE receives configuration information #1 from the base station.
  • the configuration information #1 is used to configure the first timer and the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting.
  • the configuration information includes indication information #A, which is used to indicate the second condition, that is, the uplink transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the uplink transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE reported by the UE and the The MAC sub-header corresponding to BSR MAC CE; and the first signaling is the first value.
  • the uplink transmission resources are transmission resources allocated by the base station to the UE.
  • the UE can determine whether the traditional periodicBSR-Timer will be restarted (or refreshed) every time the UE reports the BSR based on the second condition.
  • the configuration information #1 may be RRC configuration signaling, such as BSR-config signaling.
  • This indication information #A is periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling (ie, first signaling).
  • the periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling may contain two values: enabled and disabled (ie, the first value).
  • the base station can add periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling (first signaling) to BSR-config signaling (configuration information #1).
  • the specific configuration method can be as follows:
  • Report BSR That is to say, when the periodicBSR-Timer times out, the UE triggers BSR reporting and restarts the periodicBSR-Timer.
  • the specific configuration of the above periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling can also include a value of enabled.
  • disabled can default to the configuration parameter periodicBSRrefresh-r18 being not configured.
  • periodicBSRrefresh-r18 can be replaced here with: ForbitperiodicBSRtrigger-r18, for example, indicating that when the value is enabled, periodicBSR-Timer will not be reset due to BSR reporting.
  • the periodicBSR-Timer and the transmission period of the XR data frame need to be synchronized, that is, it is ensured that the opening or restarting of the periodicBSR-Timer is at the same time as the transmission time of the new XR data frame. That is to say, during the transmission of data frame 1 within a certain period, periodicBSR-Timer will not be restarted regardless of whether the BSR is reported due to other trigger conditions (for example, see the traditional trigger mechanism).
  • the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #1.
  • the configuration information #1 includes indication information #B, and the indication information #B is used to indicate the LCG corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE.
  • the identification information of the LCG for example, LCG ID or LCG number
  • indication information #B is indicated through indication information #B.
  • the configuration information #1 is BSR-config signaling
  • the indication information #B is periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling (ie, the second signaling).
  • the base station introduces periodicBSR-LCG-r18 signaling into the BSR-config signaling to indicate that the LCG corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE is LCG3.
  • the configuration information #1 is BSR-config signaling
  • the indication information #B is periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18 signaling.
  • the base station introduces a periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18 signaling into the BSR-config signaling to indicate that the LCGs corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE are LCG3 and LCG7.
  • the LCG indicated by the indication information #B may be an explicit indication.
  • the indication information #B carries the LCG ID or LCG number. If the indication information #B carries LCG3, it means that the BSR reported by the UE contains the buffered data amount of LCG3. If the indication information #B carries bits LCG5 and LCG6, it means that the BSR reported by the UE contains the buffered data amount of LCG5 and LCG6.
  • the LCG indicated by the indication information #B may also be an implicit indication, for example, the LCG is indicated through a 3-bit field. If the indication information #B carries bit "010", it indicates that the BSR reported by the UE includes the buffered data amount of LCG2. If the indication information #B carries bits "100" and "111”, it means that the BSR reported by the UE includes the buffered data amount of LCG4 and LCG7. This application does not specifically limit this.
  • the UE can trigger BSR reporting of one or more designated LCGs.
  • the UE can report the cache size of the LCG indicated in periodicBSR-LCG-r18 or periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18; if there are other ways to trigger BSR reporting ( For example, if new transmission data appears on a high-priority logical channel), the BSR can be reported according to the traditional BSR triggering mechanism. It should be understood that these two methods of reporting BSR do not conflict and can be used together.
  • the above base station instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #1, and instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #1, which can be used together to form a new implementation.
  • the UE starts or restarts the first timer and sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station.
  • the BSR MAC CE is generated according to the regular BSR and/or the periodic BSR; or, when the UE triggers the BSR at the same time, When BSR and filling BSR, UE generates BSR MAC CE based on BSR.
  • regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR.
  • the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
  • the configuration information #1 includes indication information #A.
  • the indication information #A is used to indicate that BSR reporting is triggered periodically.
  • the restart of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the first timer, and does not restart (or refresh) with each BSR report. Then, after receiving configuration information #1, the UE triggers BSR reporting each time it uploads a new XR data frame, and restarts the periodicBSR-Timer.
  • the third reporting method for triggering BSR provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 11 .
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • TDD configuration time division duplex TDD configuration
  • the periodicBSR-Timer period is the same as the XR frame period, so that the UE can report the BSR and restart the periodicBSR-Timer each time it reports the XR frame.
  • the UE can transmit XR frame 1 to the base station at U0, report the BSR, and at the same time enable or restart the periodicBSR-Timer.
  • XR frame 2 will arrive at the logical channel at U4. Due to other reasons (for example, new data to be transmitted on the high-priority logical channel) at U2, the UE can report the BSR again according to traditional trigger conditions.
  • the UE needs to trigger BSR, report BSR on U4 and transmit XR frame 2 to the base station, and restart periodicBSR-Timer at the same time.
  • the configuration information #1 includes indication information #B.
  • the indication information #B includes one or more LCG IDs, such as LCG1 and/or LCG5.
  • the restart of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the first timer, and does not restart (or refresh) with each BSR report. Then, after receiving configuration information #1, the UE triggers BSR reporting of LCG1 and/or LCG5.
  • the configuration information #1 includes indication information #A and indication information #B.
  • the indication information #A is used to instruct the UE to periodically trigger BSR reporting
  • the indication information #B indicates that the LCGs corresponding to the UE's periodically triggered BSR are LCG3 and LCG7.
  • the restart of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the first timer, and does not restart (or refresh) with each BSR report. Then, after receiving configuration information #1, the UE triggers BSR periodic reporting of LCG3 and LCG7.
  • a method for semi-static signaling to configure periodic BSR triggering is provided.
  • periodicBSR-Timer By changing the triggering conditions of the current periodic BSR (periodicBSR-Timer), the stability of the BSR triggering period is ensured, and the UE is enabled to simultaneously report the BSR and restart periodicBSR each time it transmits a new XR frame (for example, XR frame 2).
  • XR frame for example, XR frame 2
  • -Timer enables the base station to allocate appropriate uplink resources to the UE to improve the utilization of uplink resources in the cell and reduce the transmission delay of uplink XR frame data.
  • FIG 12 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR triggering method 1200 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the method specifically includes the following steps.
  • the base station sends configuration information #a (ie, third configuration information) to the UE.
  • configuration information #a ie, third configuration information
  • the UE receives the configuration information #a from the base station.
  • the configuration information #a is used to configure timer #1 (ie, the second timer) and the second duration, and the configuration information #a is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report.
  • the configuration information #a is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR when timer #1 times out.
  • the configuration information #1 may be RRC configuration signaling, such as BSR-config signaling.
  • the timer #1 can be periodicBSR-Timer-r18.
  • the base station can add periodicBSR-Timer-r18 (timer #1) in BSR-Config signaling.
  • the specific configuration method can be as follows:
  • time unit of timer #1periodicBSR-Timer-r18 may be a subframe, a time slot, a millisecond, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • timer periodicBSR-Timer-r18 and the traditional periodicBSR-Timer are independent of each other and can be configured at the same time.
  • the restart of periodicBSR-Timer-r18 is synchronized with the transmission cycle of the XR data frame, that is, the restart of periodicBSR-Timer-r18 is periodic. That is, periodicBSR-Timer-r18 will restart only when periodicBSR-Timer-r18 times out.
  • periodicBSR-Timer-r18 can also be BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18, that is, the base station can configure a constant BSR triggering period through RRC signaling.
  • the time unit of this period can be a time slot, or milliseconds, etc.
  • a constant BSR trigger period is 5ms.
  • the UE can transmit XR frame 1 to the base station at U0, report the BSR, and enable periodicBSR-Timer and BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 at the same time.
  • XR frame 2 will arrive at the logical channel at U4. Due to other reasons (for example, new data to be transmitted on the high-priority logical channel) at U2, the UE can report the BSR again according to traditional trigger conditions.
  • periodicBSR-Timer restarts, but since BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 is synchronized with the XR frame period, BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 will not be reset because it has not timed out, but continues to time until the BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 times out at U4. However, the traditional periodicBSR-Timer has not timed out at this time, so it will not be restarted in U4. It should be understood that at U4, XR frame 1 is transmitted and XR frame 2 is to be transmitted. The UE can trigger BSR, report BSR on U4 and continue to transmit XR frame 2 to the base station, while restarting BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18. And so on.
  • the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #a.
  • the UE when timer #1 times out, or every BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 time unit, the UE triggers a BSR report of a certain LCG.
  • the configuration information #a carries indication information #B, and the indication information #B includes the LCG corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE.
  • LCG identification information LCG ID or LCG number.
  • step S1210 of the above-mentioned method 1200 please refer to step S1210 of the above-mentioned method 1200. For the sake of simplicity, details will not be described here.
  • S1220 When the timing duration of the second timer (timer #1) exceeds the second duration, the UE starts or restarts the second timer, and sends the BSR media access control MAC control element CE to the base station according to the BSR.
  • the base station receives the BSR MAC CE from the UE.
  • the BSR MAC CE is generated according to the regular BSR and/or the periodic BSR; or, when the UE triggers BSR and padding BSR at the same time When, the UE generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
  • regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR.
  • the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
  • the configuration information #a includes timer #1. That is, when timer #1 times out, the UE triggers BSR reporting.
  • timer #1 for example, periodicBSR-Timer-r18
  • the restart of timer #1 is the same as the transmission period of the XR data frame, for example, 5ms.
  • the UE transmits XR frame 1 to the base station at 1ms, and the transmission ends at 6ms.
  • timer #1 times out, and the UE immediately restarts timer #2 and continues to transmit XR frame 2 to the base station. And so on.
  • BSR reporting may be triggered due to other conditions.
  • the UE can still report BSR according to the traditional BSR triggering mechanism, that is, timer #1periodicBSR-Timer-r18 and traditional periodicBSR- Timer restarts are independent of each other.
  • the configuration information #a includes indication information #B.
  • the indication information #B includes one or more LCG IDs, such as LCG2 and/or LCG4. Then when timer #1 times out, or every BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 time unit, the UE triggers BSR reporting of LCG2 and/or LCG4.
  • the base station semi-statically configures a timer #1 independent of the traditional periodicBSR-Timer (for example, periodicBSR-Timer-r18) through RRC signaling, or configures a constant BSR trigger period (for example, BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 ), ensure the stability of BSR triggering, and enable the UE to report BSR and restart timer #1 at the same time each time it transmits a new XR frame (for example, XR frame 2), so that the base station allocates appropriate uplink resources to the UE. This improves the utilization of uplink resources in the cell and reduces the transmission delay of uplink XR frame data.
  • a timer #1 independent of the traditional periodicBSR-Timer (for example, periodicBSR-Timer-r18) through RRC signaling, or configures a constant BSR trigger period (for example, BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 ), ensure the stability of BSR triggering, and enable the UE to report BSR and restart timer #1 at the
  • the base station actively triggers the UE's BSR reporting through MAC CE or DCI, enabling on-time triggering of BSR.
  • the base station also semi-statically configures the BSR triggering conditions through RRC signaling, and semi-statically configures a constant BSR triggering period to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering period.
  • the base station can also trigger BSR reporting of a specific LCG through dynamic indication or semi-static configuration, and/or dynamically indicate the triggering time of BSR. The method disclosed in this application can ensure that the UE reports the BSR in time when sending new data for each transmission, so as to enable the base station to perform reasonable resource allocation, thereby reducing the waste of air interface resources and reducing the data transmission delay.
  • the communication methods provided above can be implemented individually or in combination, and this application does not specifically limit this.
  • the above-mentioned communication methods 500, 800, and 900 can be regarded as a detailed process of the above-mentioned communication method 400.
  • the related concepts and steps involved in the communication methods 400, 500, 800, 900, 1000 and 1200 can be referred to each other, and some contents will not be repeated in this application.
  • each device includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module to perform each function.
  • FIG. 14 shows a communication device 3000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 3000 includes a processor 3010 and a transceiver 3020.
  • the processor 3010 and the transceiver 3020 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processor 3010 is used to execute instructions to control the transceiver 3020 to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • the device 3000 may also include a memory 3030, which communicates with the processor 3010 and the transceiver 3020 through internal connection paths.
  • the memory 3030 is used to store instructions, and the processor 3010 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 3030.
  • the apparatus 3000 is used to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 3000 is used to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the first device (for example, network device) in the above method embodiment.
  • the device 3000 may be specifically the terminal device or network device in the above embodiment, or may be a terminal device.
  • the transceiver 3020 may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
  • the apparatus 3000 may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to network equipment or terminal equipment in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory 3030 may include read-only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory may also store device type information.
  • the processor 3010 can be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 3010 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 3010 is used to execute each step of the above method embodiment corresponding to the sending end or the receiving end. and/or process.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can implement or execute the various methods, steps and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above embodiments. Methods.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium.
  • the computer-readable medium stores program code.
  • the program code When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-described embodiments. Methods.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the traditional technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a buffer status report (BSR) indication method, and an apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device receives a first message from a first device, and sends a BSR media access control (MAC) control element (CE) to the first device according to the first message, the first message being used for instructing the terminal device to trigger a BSR, and the BSR being used for indicating a buffer status of a logical channel group (LCG) of the terminal device. In the method disclosed in the present application, by receiving a BSR trigger instruction sent by the first device, timely BSR reporting by the terminal device can be ensured while transmitting data, so that the first device can perform reasonable transmission resource allocation for the terminal device, reducing resource waste and reducing transmission delay.

Description

缓存状态报告BSR指示方法和装置Cache status report BSR indication method and device
本申请要求于2022年05月12日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210516327.9、申请名称为“一种BSR指示方法、网络设备、终端设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及要求于2022年06月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210727520.7、申请名称为“缓存状态报告BSR指示方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on May 12, 2022, with the application number 202210516327.9 and the application name "A BSR indication method, network equipment, and terminal equipment", and requires that it be filed in June 2022 The priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on March 25th with application number 202210727520.7 and the application title is "Cache Status Report BSR Instruction Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a buffer status report (BSR) indication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信系统的不断发展,数据传输时延不断降低,传输容量越来越大,第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统逐渐涌现了一些实时性较强的多媒体业务,例如视频传输、云游戏、扩展现实(extended reality,XR)、触觉互联网等。为了实现人与虚拟世界交互的沉浸式体验,有着超高带宽和超低时延要求的XR视频业务备受关注。With the continuous development of communication systems, data transmission latency continues to decrease, and transmission capacity becomes larger and larger. The fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system gradually emerges some multimedia services with strong real-time performance, such as video transmission, cloud Games, extended reality (XR), tactile Internet, etc. In order to achieve an immersive experience of interaction between people and the virtual world, the XR video service, which has ultra-high bandwidth and ultra-low latency requirements, has attracted much attention.
示例性地,以终端设备向网络设备发送XR视频数据为例,当终端设备与网络设备建立连接后,终端设备需要向网络设备发送缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),用于通知网络设备当前逻辑信道(logical channel,LCH)或逻辑信道组(logical channel group,LCG)上待传输的上行缓存数据量,以便于网络设备为终端设备调度适当的上行传输资源。For example, taking the terminal device sending XR video data to the network device as an example, after the terminal device establishes a connection with the network device, the terminal device needs to send a buffer status report (BSR) to the network device to notify the network device. The amount of uplink buffered data to be transmitted on the current logical channel (logical channel, LCH) or logical channel group (LCG), so that the network device can schedule appropriate uplink transmission resources for the terminal device.
然而,当前的BSR触发机制并不能很好地支持XR视频业务的BSR及时上报,导致资源浪费,或者产生额外的传输时延。However, the current BSR triggering mechanism cannot well support timely reporting of BSR for XR video services, resulting in a waste of resources or additional transmission delays.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法和装置,能够保证终端设备在发送上行数据的同时,及时地上报BSR,以使能网络设备进行合理地上行资源分配,进而减少资源浪费,以及降低传输时延。This application provides a cache status report BSR indication method and device, which can ensure that the terminal equipment reports the BSR in a timely manner while sending uplink data, so as to enable the network equipment to perform reasonable uplink resource allocation, thereby reducing resource waste and reducing transmission costs. time delay.
第一方面,提供了一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法。该方法可以由终端设备(例如(user equipment,UE)执行,或者,也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。The first aspect provides a cache status report BSR indication method. The method can be executed by a terminal device (for example, user equipment, UE), or it can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the terminal device. This application does not limit this. For the convenience of description, the following takes execution by the terminal device as an example. Be explained.
该方法包括:终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一消息,第一消息用于指示终端设备触发BSR,BSR用于指示终端设备的LCG的缓存状态;终端设备根据第一消息向第一设备发送BSR媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)。The method includes: the terminal device receives a first message from the first device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger a BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the LCG of the terminal device; the terminal device sends a message to the first device according to the first message. BSR media access control (media access control, MAC) control unit (control element, CE).
这样,通过接收第一设备发送的BSR触发指示,能够保证终端设备在传输数据的同时及时上报BSR,进而使得第一设备为终端设备分配合理的传输资源,以实现减少资源浪费以及降低传输时延。 In this way, by receiving the BSR trigger indication sent by the first device, it can be ensured that the terminal device reports the BSR in time while transmitting data, thereby enabling the first device to allocate reasonable transmission resources to the terminal device, so as to reduce resource waste and transmission delay. .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备接收来自第一设备的第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一设备为终端设备分配的传输资源,传输资源用于承载BSR MAC CE。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device receives a second message from the first device, the second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device, and the transmission resources are used to carry BSR MAC CE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,传输资源包括物理上行共享信道(pysical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)资源或物理侧链路共享信道(pysical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH)资源。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the transmission resources include physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resources or physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) resources.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第二消息承载在控制信息中,控制信息包括下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)或侧链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second message is carried in control information, and the control information includes downlink control information (DCI) or sidelink control information (SCI). ).
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,控制信息还用于承载第一消息。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the control information is also used to carry the first message.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一消息承载在MAC CE中。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message is carried in the MAC CE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,MAC CE的MAC子包头(subheader)包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel identifier,LCID)。其中,终端设备根据第一消息向第一设备发送BSR MAC CE,包括:当LCID的取值为预设值时,终端设备根据第一消息向第一设备发送BSR MAC CE。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the MAC subheader (subheader) of the MAC CE includes a logical channel identifier (LCID). Wherein, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message, including: when the value of the LCID is a preset value, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一消息还用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device receives first configuration information from the first device, and the first configuration information is used to configure at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,BSR MAC CE包括至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the BSR MAC CE includes the cache status of the LCG corresponding to at least one LCG ID.
基于上述方案,第一设备可以通过指示信息(第一消息)直接或间接地向终端设备指示一个或多个LCG ID;或者,第一设备也可以半静态为终端设备配置(第一配置信息)一个或多个LCG ID。基于第一设备指定的一个或多个LCG ID,终端设备在上报BSR MAC CE时携带该至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Based on the above solution, the first device can directly or indirectly indicate one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through indication information (first message); or, the first device can also semi-statically configure the terminal device (first configuration information) One or more LCG IDs. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备根据第一消息向第一设备发送BSR MAC CE,包括:终端设备在满足第一条件的情况下向第一设备发送BSR MAC CE。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message, including: the terminal device sends the BSR MAC to the first device when the first condition is met. CE.
其中,第一条件为传输资源用于初传;传输资源能够容纳BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及BSR MAC CE由第一消息触发。Among them, the first condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
基于上述方案,通过定义第一条件来说明该上报方式在BSR是由于该MAC CE触发所进行的。Based on the above solution, the first condition is defined to explain that the reporting method is triggered by the MAC CE in the BSR.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一消息还用于指示第一时长,第一时长用于指示第一时刻相对于第二时刻的时间偏移量,第一时刻为终端设备触发BSR的时刻,第二时刻为终端设备接收到第一消息的时刻。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message is also used to indicate a first duration, and the first duration is used to indicate a time offset of the first moment relative to the second moment, and the first moment The second moment is the moment when the terminal device triggers the BSR, and the second moment is the moment when the terminal device receives the first message.
基于上述方案,通过指示第一时长(即终端设备接收到第一消息的时刻与终端设备触发BSR的时刻之差)以实现可定时触发BSR的效果。例如,终端设备在t0时刻接收到MAC CE后译码成功并触发BSR上报,此时第一时长可以为零。但是,考虑到终端设备在初传时接收到MAC CE可能译码不成功的情况,终端设备需要向第一设备请求调度重传,进而导致终端设备正确译码该MAC CE的时间和初传调度的时间不一致。通过第一 时长可以保证终端设备在触发BSR时,使能第一设备及时有效地获取BSR MAC CE,并为终端设备分配传输资源。Based on the above solution, by indicating the first duration (that is, the difference between the time when the terminal device receives the first message and the time when the terminal device triggers the BSR), the effect of triggering the BSR on a timed basis is achieved. For example, after the terminal device receives the MAC CE at time t0, the decoding is successful and the BSR report is triggered. At this time, the first duration may be zero. However, considering that the terminal device may fail to decode the MAC CE when it receives it during the initial transmission, the terminal device needs to request the first device to schedule a retransmission, which will lead to the terminal device correctly decoding the time and initial transmission schedule of the MAC CE. The time is inconsistent. Pass first The duration can ensure that when the terminal device triggers BSR, it enables the first device to obtain the BSR MAC CE in a timely and effective manner and allocate transmission resources to the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当终端设备同时触发BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,终端设备根据常规BSR和/或周期BSR生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当终端设备同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,终端设备根据BSR生成BSR MAC CE。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; Or, when the terminal device triggers the BSR and fills the BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
应理解,一个MAC协议数据单元SDU应该包含最多一个BSR MAC CE,即使有多个事件触发BSR上报。It should be understood that a MAC protocol data unit SDU should contain at most one BSR MAC CE, even if multiple events trigger BSR reporting.
基于上述方案,常规BSR和周期BSR应该优先于填充BSR,本申请实施例中由MAC CE触发的BSR的优先级优先于填充BSR,但是低于常规BSR和/或周期BSR的优先级。Based on the above solution, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of this application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
第二方面,提供了一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法,该方法可以由第一设备(例如,基站或UE)执行,或者,也可以由用于第一设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由第一设备执行为例进行说明。该方法包括:第一设备向终端设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于指示终端设备触发BSR,BSR用于指示终端设备的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态;第一设备接收来自终端设备的BSR MAC CE。In the second aspect, a cache status report BSR indication method is provided. The method can be executed by a first device (for example, a base station or a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the first device. This application provides This is not a limitation. For convenience of description, the following description takes execution by the first device as an example. The method includes: the first device sends a first message to the terminal device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the logical channel group LCG of the terminal device; the first device receives the BSR from the terminal device Mac CE.
应理解,本申请适用于蜂窝上行传输场景,同样适用于侧行链路(sidelink,SL)场景。在SL场景下,UE1和UE2通过SL PC5接口进行通信,UE1通过Uu接口和基站通信,该PC5的通信需要基站进行资源分配。此时,UE1为了向UE2进行通信,需要向基站上报UE1的BSR,该BSR用于指示UE1有多少数据需要发送给UE2,以使能基站为UE1调度PC5资源。当无基站参与的UE间通信时,该实现方式中的UE1可以理解为上述基站角色,UE2可以理解为上述方法UE角色。It should be understood that this application is applicable to cellular uplink transmission scenarios and is also applicable to sidelink (SL) scenarios. In the SL scenario, UE1 and UE2 communicate through the SL PC5 interface, and UE1 communicates with the base station through the Uu interface. The PC5 communication requires resource allocation by the base station. At this time, in order to communicate with UE2, UE1 needs to report UE1's BSR to the base station. The BSR is used to indicate how much data UE1 needs to send to UE2 to enable the base station to schedule PC5 resources for UE1. When there is communication between UEs without the participation of a base station, UE1 in this implementation can be understood as the base station role mentioned above, and UE2 can be understood as the UE role in the above method.
这样,通过向终端设备发送BSR触发指示,能够保证终端设备在传输数据的同时及时上报BSR,进而使得第一设备为终端设备分配合理的传输资源,以实现减少资源浪费以及降低传输时延。In this way, by sending the BSR trigger indication to the terminal device, it can be ensured that the terminal device reports BSR in time while transmitting data, thereby enabling the first device to allocate reasonable transmission resources to the terminal device, thereby reducing resource waste and transmission delay.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一设备向终端设备发送第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一设备为终端设备分配的传输资源,传输资源用于承载BSR MAC CE。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device, and the transmission resources are used to carry the BSR Mac CE.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,传输资源包括PUSCH资源或PSSCH资源。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the transmission resources include PUSCH resources or PSSCH resources.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二消息承载在控制消息中,控制信息包括DCI或SCI。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second message is carried in a control message, and the control information includes DCI or SCI.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,控制信息还用于承载第一消息。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the control information is also used to carry the first message.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一消息承载在MAC CE中。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message is carried in the MAC CE.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,MAC CE的MAC子包头包括LCID;其中,第一设备接收来自终端设备的BSR MAC CE,包括:当LCID的取值为预设值时,第一设备接收来自终端设备的BSR MAC CE。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the MAC sub-header of the MAC CE includes LCID; wherein, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, including: when the value of LCID is a preset value When, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一消息还用于指示至少一个LCG ID。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message is also used to indicate at least one LCG ID.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置至少一个LCG ID。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, and the first configuration information is used to configure at least one LCG ID.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,BSR MAC CE包括至少一个LCG ID 所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the BSR MAC CE includes at least one LCG ID The cache status of the corresponding LCG.
基于上述方案,第一设备可以通过指示信息(第一消息)直接或间接地向终端设备指示一个或多个LCG ID;或者,第一设备也可以半静态为终端设备配置(第一配置信息)一个或多个LCG ID。基于第一设备指定的一个或多个LCG ID,终端设备在上报BSR MAC CE时携带该至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Based on the above solution, the first device can directly or indirectly indicate one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through indication information (first message); or, the first device can also semi-statically configure the terminal device (first configuration information) One or more LCG IDs. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一设备接收来自终端设备的BSR MAC CE,包括:在满足第一条件的情况下,第一设备接收来自终端设备的BSR MAC CE。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, including: when the first condition is met, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device. .
其中,第一条件为传输资源用于初传;传输资源能够容纳BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及BSR MAC CE由第一消息触发。Among them, the first condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
基于上述方案,通过定义第一条件来说明该上报方式在BSR是由于该MAC CE触发所进行的。Based on the above solution, the first condition is defined to explain that the reporting method is triggered by the MAC CE in the BSR.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一消息还用于指示第一时长,第一时长用于指示第一时刻相对于第二时刻的时间偏移量,第一时刻为终端设备触发BSR MAC CE的时刻,第二时刻为终端设备接收到第一消息的时刻。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message is also used to indicate a first duration, and the first duration is used to indicate a time offset of the first moment relative to the second moment, and the first moment The second moment is the moment when the terminal device triggers the BSR MAC CE, and the second moment is the moment when the terminal device receives the first message.
基于上述方案,通过指示第一时长(即,终端设备接收到第一消息的时刻与终端设备触发BSR的时刻之差)以实现可定时触发BSR的效果。例如,终端设备在t0时刻接收到MAC CE后译码成功并触发BSR上报,此时第一时长可以为零。但是,考虑到终端设备在初传时接收到MAC CE可能译码不成功的情况,终端设备需要向第一设备请求调度重传,进而导致终端设备正确译码该MAC CE的时间和初传调度的时间不一致。通过第一时长可以保证终端设备在触发BSR时,使能第一设备及时有效地获取BSR MAC CE,并为终端设备分配传输资源。Based on the above solution, by indicating the first duration (that is, the difference between the time when the terminal device receives the first message and the time when the terminal device triggers the BSR), the effect of triggering the BSR on a timed basis is achieved. For example, after the terminal device receives the MAC CE at time t0, the decoding is successful and the BSR report is triggered. At this time, the first duration can be zero. However, considering that the terminal device may fail to decode the MAC CE when it receives it during the initial transmission, the terminal device needs to request the first device to schedule a retransmission, which will lead to the terminal device correctly decoding the time and initial transmission schedule of the MAC CE. The time is inconsistent. The first duration can ensure that when the terminal device triggers BSR, the first device is enabled to obtain the BSR MAC CE in a timely and effective manner and allocate transmission resources to the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,当终端设备同时触发BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,终端设备根据常规BSR和/或周期生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当终端设备同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,终端设备根据BSR生成BSR MAC CE。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, when the terminal device simultaneously triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; or , when the terminal device triggers BSR and fills BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates BSR MAC CE based on BSR.
基于上述方案,常规BSR和周期BSR应该优先于填充BSR,本申请实施例中由MAC CE触发的BSR的优先级优先于填充BSR,但是低于常规BSR和/或周期BSR的优先级。Based on the above solution, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of this application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
第三方面,提供了一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法。该方法可以由终端设备(例如UE)执行,或者,也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In the third aspect, a cache status report BSR triggering method is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device (such as a UE), or may be executed by a chip or circuit used in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application. For convenience of description, the following description takes execution by a terminal device as an example.
该方法包括:终端设备接收来自第一设备的第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于配置第一定时器和第一信令,第一信令用于指示终端设备触发BSR;在满足第二条件的情况下,终端设备启动或重启第一定时器,且终端设备向第一设备发送BSR MAC CE。The method includes: the terminal device receives second configuration information from the first device, the second configuration information is used to configure the first timer and first signaling, and the first signaling is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR; when the second If the condition is met, the terminal device starts or restarts the first timer, and the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device.
其中,第二条件为传输资源用于初传,传输资源为第一设备为终端设备分配的传输资源;传输资源能够容纳终端设备上报的BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及第一信令为第一值(例如,第一值指示disable)。Among them, the second condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission, and the transmission resources are the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE reported by the terminal device and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and The first signaling is a first value (for example, the first value indicates disable).
示例性地,第一信令为periodicBSRrefresh-r18信令,包含两个值。例如,当periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disable,则第一定时器(例如,periodicBSR-Timer)不会因为BSR MAC CE的上报(例如,其他原因导致终端设备触发BSR上报)而启动或重启;当periodicBSRrefresh-r18=enable,则第一定时器的启动或重启按照传统的触发方式进行。 For example, the first signaling is periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling, which contains two values. For example, when periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disable, the first timer (for example, periodicBSR-Timer) will not be started or restarted due to the reporting of BSR MAC CE (for example, other reasons cause the terminal device to trigger BSR reporting); when periodicBSRrefresh-r18 =enable, the first timer is started or restarted according to the traditional triggering method.
根据本申请提供的方案,通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)半静态信令配置BSR触发方法,通过修改BSR的触发条件(即,终端设备在第一定时器超时时启动或重启第一定时器,而不会因为BSR MAC CE的上报而启动或重启第一定时器),保障BSR的触发周期的稳定性。According to the solution provided by this application, the BSR triggering method is configured through radio resource control (RRC) semi-static signaling, and the BSR triggering condition is modified (that is, the terminal device starts or restarts the first timer when the first timer times out. timer, and will not start or restart the first timer due to the BSR MAC CE report), ensuring the stability of the BSR triggering cycle.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第二配置信息还包括第二信令,第二信令用于指示至少一个LCG ID,BSR MAC CE包括至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the second configuration information also includes second signaling, the second signaling is used to indicate at least one LCG ID, and the BSR MAC CE includes at least one LCG ID corresponding to LCG cache status.
基于上述方案,第一设备通过第二信令向终端设备指示一个或多个LCG ID。基于第一设备指定的一个或多个LCG ID,终端设备在上报BSR MAC CE时携带该至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Based on the above solution, the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the second signaling. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当终端设备同时触发BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,终端设备根据常规BSR和/或周期BSR生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当终端设备同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,终端设备根据BSR生成BSR MAC CE。Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates a BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; Or, when the terminal device triggers the BSR and fills the BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
基于上述方案,常规BSR和周期BSR应该优先于填充BSR,本申请实施例中由MAC CE触发的BSR的优先级优先于填充BSR,但是低于常规BSR和/或周期BSR的优先级。Based on the above solution, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of this application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
第四方面,提供了一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法,该方法可以由第一设备(例如,基站或UE)执行,或者,也可以由用于第一设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由第一设备执行为例进行说明。The fourth aspect provides a buffer status report BSR triggering method, which can be executed by a first device (for example, a base station or a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the first device. This application provides This is not a limitation. For convenience of description, the following description takes execution by the first device as an example.
该方法包括:第一设备向终端设备发送第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于配置第一定时器和第一信令,第一信令用于指示终端设备触发BSR;在满足第二条件的情况下,第一设备接收来自终端设备的BSR MAC CE,且第一定时器处于启动或重启状态。The method includes: a first device sends second configuration information to a terminal device, the second configuration information is used to configure a first timer and first signaling, and the first signaling is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger BSR; when the second condition is met In this case, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, and the first timer is in a starting or restarting state.
其中,第二条件为传输资源用于初传,传输资源为第一设备为终端设备分配的传输资源;传输资源能够容纳BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及第一信令为第一值。Among them, the second condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission, and the transmission resources are the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the first signaling is the first value.
根据本申请提供的方案,通过半静态信令(即,第一信令)配置BSR触发方法,修改BSR的触发条件(即,终端设备在第一定时器超时时启动或重启第一定时器,而不会因为BSR MAC CE的上报而启动或重启第一定时器),保障BSR的触发周期的稳定性。According to the solution provided by this application, the BSR triggering method is configured through semi-static signaling (i.e., the first signaling), and the triggering condition of the BSR is modified (i.e., the terminal device starts or restarts the first timer when the first timer times out, The first timer will not be started or restarted due to the reporting of BSR MAC CE) to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering cycle.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,第二配置信息还包括第二信令,第二信令用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID,BSR MAC CE包括至少一个LCG ID所对应的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态。Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second configuration information also includes second signaling, the second signaling is used to indicate at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID, and the BSR MAC CE includes at least one LCG The cache status of the logical channel group LCG corresponding to the ID.
基于上述方案,第一设备通过第二信令向终端设备指示一个或多个LCG ID。基于第一设备指定的一个或多个LCG ID,终端设备在上报BSR MAC CE时携带该至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Based on the above solution, the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the second signaling. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
第五方面,提供了一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法,该方法可以由终端设备(例如UE)执行,或者,也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In the fifth aspect, a cache status report BSR triggering method is provided. The method can be executed by a terminal device (such as a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the terminal device. This application is not limited to this. For convenience of description, the following description takes execution by a terminal device as an example.
该方法包括:终端设备接收来自第一设备的第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于配置第二定时器和第二时长,第三配置信息用于指示终端设备触发BSR;在第二定时器的计时时长超过第二时长的情况下,终端设备启动或重启第二定时器,且终端设备根据BSR向第 一设备发送BSR MAC CE。应理解,该第二定时器与第一定时器(用于触发周期BSR的定时器periodicBSR-Timer)不同,二者相互独立存在。这样,通过RRC半静态信令配置BSR触发方法,包括配置恒定的BSR触发周期(即,第二时长)和第二定时器,保障BSR的触发周期的稳定性。The method includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information from the first device, the third configuration information is used to configure the second timer and the second duration, and the third configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR; in the second timer When the timing duration exceeds the second duration, the terminal device starts or restarts the second timer, and the terminal device sends a request to the third timer according to the BSR. A device sends a BSR MAC CE. It should be understood that the second timer is different from the first timer (the timer periodicBSR-Timer used to trigger the periodic BSR), and they exist independently of each other. In this way, the BSR triggering method is configured through RRC semi-static signaling, including configuring a constant BSR triggering period (ie, the second duration) and a second timer to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering period.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,第三配置信息还用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID,BSR MAC CE包括至少一个LCG ID所对应的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态。Combined with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the third configuration information is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID, and the BSR MAC CE includes a cache of the logical channel group LCG corresponding to at least one LCG ID. state.
基于上述方案,第一设备通过第三配置信息向终端设备指示一个或多个LCG ID。基于第一设备指定的一个或多个LCG ID,终端设备在上报BSR MAC CE时携带该至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Based on the above solution, the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the third configuration information. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,当终端设备同时触发BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,终端设备根据常规BSR和/或周期BSR生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当终端设备同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,终端设备根据BSR生成BSR MAC CE。Combined with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates a BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; Or, when the terminal device triggers the BSR and fills the BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
基于上述方案,常规BSR和周期BSR应该优先于填充BSR,本申请实施例中由MAC CE触发的BSR的优先级优先于填充BSR,但是低于常规BSR和/或周期BSR的优先级。Based on the above solution, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of this application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
第六方面,提供了一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法,该方法可以由第一设备(例如,基站或UE)执行,或者,也可以由用于第一设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由第一设备执行为例进行说明。The sixth aspect provides a cache status report BSR triggering method. The method can be executed by the first device (for example, a base station or a UE), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the first device. This application provides This is not a limitation. For convenience of description, the following description takes execution by the first device as an example.
该方法包括:第一设备向终端设备发送第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于配置第二定时器和第二时长,第三配置信息用于指示终端设备触发BSR;在第二定时器的计时时长超过第二时长的情况下,第一设备接收来自终端设备的BSR MAC CE,且第二定时器处于启动或重启状态。The method includes: the first device sends third configuration information to the terminal device, the third configuration information is used to configure the second timer and the second duration, and the third configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR; When the timing duration exceeds the second duration, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, and the second timer is in a starting or restarting state.
这样,通过RRC半静态信令配置BSR触发方法,包括配置恒定的BSR触发周期(即,第二时长)和第二定时器,保障BSR的触发周期的稳定性。In this way, the BSR triggering method is configured through RRC semi-static signaling, including configuring a constant BSR triggering period (ie, the second duration) and a second timer to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering period.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,第三配置信息还用于指示至少一个LCG ID,BSR MAC CE包括至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Combined with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the third configuration information is also used to indicate at least one LCG ID, and the BSR MAC CE includes the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID.
基于上述方案,第一设备通过第三配置信息向终端设备指示一个或多个LCG ID。基于第一设备指定的一个或多个LCG ID,终端设备在上报BSR MAC CE时携带该至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Based on the above solution, the first device indicates one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through the third configuration information. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:收发器、处理器和存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号;该存储器用于存储计算机程序;该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该通信装置执行上述第一方面至第六方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a transceiver, a processor and a memory, the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals; the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device executes The method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Alternatively, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
可选地,该通信装置还包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质。该计算机可读存储介质存储用于设备执行的程序或代码,所述计算机程序或代码在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述第一 方面至第六方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores a program or code for device execution. When the computer program or code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first step. A method provided by any implementation manner from the aspect to the sixth aspect.
第九方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品。当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。A ninth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的通信装置执行上述第一方面至第六方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, a chip is provided, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the installation The communication device with the chip system executes the method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
其中,该芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。The chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种处理器,用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面的任意一种实现方式提供的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a processor for executing the method provided by any one of the above implementations of the first to sixth aspects.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1A是适用本申请的一种网络架构的示意图。Figure 1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to this application.
图1B是适用本申请的另一种网络架构的示意图。Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to this application.
图2是第一种触发BSR上报的示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the first triggering BSR reporting.
图3是第二种触发BSR上报的示意图。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the second type of triggering BSR reporting.
图4是本申请实施例提供的第一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法的流程示意图。Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的第二种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法的流程示意图。Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6中的(a)至(e)是本申请实施例提供的不同MAC CE格式的结构示意图。(a) to (e) in Figure 6 are schematic structural diagrams of different MAC CE formats provided by embodiments of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的确定延迟定时器开启时间的示意图。Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of determining the start time of the delay timer provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的第三种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法的流程示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of the third cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的第三种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法的流程示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of the third cache status report BSR indication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的第一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法的流程示意图。Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR triggering method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的第三种触发BSR上报的示意图。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the third triggering BSR reporting provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的第二种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法的流程示意图。Figure 12 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR triggering method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的第四种触发BSR上报的示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the fourth triggering BSR reporting provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)或者其他演进的通信系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: fifth generation (5G) systems or new radio (NR), long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS) or other evolved communication systems, etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) mobile communication system.
本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M)、设备到设备(device-to device,D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络、物联网 (internet of things,IoT)网络或者其他网络。其中,IoT网络例如可以包括车联网。其中,车联网系统中的通信方式统称为车到其他设备(vehicle to X,V2X,X可以代表任何事物),例如,该V2X可以包括:车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信,车辆与基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to machine type communication (MTC), long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), and device-to-device (D2D). ) network, machine to machine (M2M) network, Internet of Things (Internet of things, IoT) network or other networks. Among them, the IoT network may include, for example, the Internet of Vehicles. Among them, the communication methods in the Internet of Vehicles system are collectively called vehicle to other devices (V2X, X can represent anything). For example, the V2X can include: vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, where the vehicle and Infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (V2P) communication, or vehicle to network (V2N) communication, etc.
为了方便描述,本申请实施例中将以5G网络架构为例进行说明。For convenience of description, the embodiments of this application will take the 5G network architecture as an example for description.
图1A是适用本申请的一种网络架构100的示意图。如图1A所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,如网络设备101;该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,如终端设备102至107。其中,该终端设备102至107可以是移动的或固定的。网络设备101以及终端设备102至107中的一个或多个均可以通过无线链路通信。即网络设备可以向终端设备发送信号,终端设备也可以向网络设备发送信号。示例性地,每个网络设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备通信。例如,网络设备可以向终端设备发送配置信息,终端设备可以基于该配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据;又例如,网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行数据。因此,图1中的网络设备101以及终端设备102至107构成一个通信系统。FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a network architecture 100 applicable to the present application. As shown in FIG. 1A, the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as network device 101; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as terminal devices 102 to 107. Among them, the terminal devices 102 to 107 can be mobile or fixed. Network device 101 and one or more of terminal devices 102 to 107 may communicate via wireless links. That is, the network device can send signals to the terminal device, and the terminal device can also send signals to the network device. Illustratively, each network device may provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area and may communicate with end devices located within the coverage area. For example, the network device can send configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink data to the network device based on the configuration information; for another example, the network device can send downlink data to the terminal device. Therefore, the network device 101 and the terminal devices 102 to 107 in Fig. 1 constitute a communication system.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备之间可以直接通信。例如,可以利用D2D技术等实现终端设备之间的直接通信。如图1所示,终端设备105与106之间、以及终端设备105与107之间可以利用D2D技术直接通信。终端设备106和终端设备107可以单独或同时与终端设备105通信。One possible implementation method is that terminal devices can communicate directly with each other. For example, D2D technology can be used to achieve direct communication between terminal devices. As shown in Figure 1, D2D technology can be used to communicate directly between terminal devices 105 and 106, and between terminal devices 105 and 107. Terminal device 106 and terminal device 107 may communicate with terminal device 105 individually or simultaneously.
另一种可能的实现方式,终端设备105至107也可以分别与网络设备101通信。例如,可以直接地与网络设备101通信,即终端设备105和106可以直接与网络设备101通信;也可以间接地与网络设备101通信,即终端设备107经由终端设备105与网络设备101通信。In another possible implementation, the terminal devices 105 to 107 can also communicate with the network device 101 respectively. For example, it can communicate with the network device 101 directly, that is, the terminal devices 105 and 106 can communicate with the network device 101 directly; it can also communicate with the network device 101 indirectly, that is, the terminal device 107 communicates with the network device 101 via the terminal device 105.
图1B是适用本申请的另一种网络架构的示意图。如图1B所示,针对BSR的上报,本申请技术方案可以适用于蜂窝上行传输的场景,例如UE1通过Uu接口与基站进行通信,即UE 1向基站上报BSR;或者,也可以适用于侧链路SL的场景,例如UE1通过SL PC5接口与UE2进行通信,该PC5的通信需要基站进行资源分配。此时,UE1需要向基站上报UE1的BSR,即UE1有多少需要向UE2传输的数据,以使能基站为UE1调度PC5资源,进而实现UE1与UE2之间的通信。Figure 1B is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applicable to this application. As shown in Figure 1B, for BSR reporting, the technical solution of this application can be applied to cellular uplink transmission scenarios. For example, UE1 communicates with the base station through the Uu interface, that is, UE 1 reports BSR to the base station; or, it can also be applied to side chains. In the SL scenario, for example, UE1 communicates with UE2 through the SL PC5 interface. The PC5 communication requires resource allocation by the base station. At this time, UE1 needs to report UE1's BSR to the base station, that is, how much data UE1 needs to transmit to UE2, so as to enable the base station to schedule PC5 resources for UE1, thereby realizing communication between UE1 and UE2.
需要说明的是,此时UE1上报的BSR为UE1向UE2传输数据的BSR,并非UE1需要给基站传输数据的BSR。示例性地,DCI格式可以为DCI格式3_0或DCI格式3_1。或者,当无基站参与的UE之间的通信时,例如,UE1与UE2进行通信时,UE1可以为上述基站角色,UE 2可以为上述UE角色。例如,UE1通过发送侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)信令指示UE2触发BSR的上报,该SCI信令可以是SCI格式1-A、SCI格式2-A或SCI格式2-B。It should be noted that the BSR reported by UE1 at this time is the BSR for UE1 to transmit data to UE2, not the BSR for UE1 to transmit data to the base station. For example, the DCI format may be DCI format 3_0 or DCI format 3_1. Or, when there is communication between UEs without the participation of a base station, for example, when UE1 communicates with UE2, UE1 can be the above-mentioned base station role, and UE 2 can be the above-mentioned UE role. For example, UE1 instructs UE2 to trigger BSR reporting by sending sidelink control information (SCI) signaling. The SCI signaling can be SCI format 1-A, SCI format 2-A or SCI format 2-B. .
应理解,图1A和图1B分别示出了一个网络设备和多个终端设备,以及各通信设备之间的通信链路。可选地,上述通信系统可以包括多个网络设备,并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,例如更多或更少的终端设备。本申请对此不做限定。下面,分别对该网络架构100涉及的部分设备进行说明。 It should be understood that FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B respectively illustrate one network device and multiple terminal devices, as well as communication links between the communication devices. Optionally, the above communication system may include multiple network devices, and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices, such as more or less terminal devices. This application does not limit this. Below, some devices involved in the network architecture 100 will be described respectively.
1.终端设备1.Terminal equipment
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、XR终端、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、混合现实(mixed reality,MR)终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市中的无线终端、智慧家庭中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端或者未来演进网络中的终端等。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal equipment may be called user equipment (UE), terminal, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal , terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc. The terminal device in the embodiment of this application can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a computer with wireless transceiver functions, an XR terminal, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, or a mixed reality (mixed reality) , MR) terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control, wireless terminal in driverless driving, wireless terminal in telemedicine, wireless terminal in smart grid, wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, smart home Wireless terminals, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), devices with wireless communications Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminals in 5G networks or terminals in future evolution networks, etc.
应理解,本申请对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做具体限定。It should be understood that this application does not specifically limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used in the terminal equipment.
需要说明的是,终端设备与接入网设备之间,以及终端设备与终端设备之间可以采用某种空口技术(如NR或LTE技术等)相互通信。It should be noted that certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology, etc.) can be used to communicate with each other between terminal equipment and access network equipment, and between terminal equipment and terminal equipment.
2、网络设备2. Network equipment
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是一种部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置,也可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备或者该设备的芯片。该网络设备包括但不限于:无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如NR)系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),或者5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元BBU,或分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices, or may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices or a chip of the device. The network equipment includes but is not limited to: radio network controller (RNC), base station controller (BSC), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point) in the wireless fidelity system , TRP), etc., it can also be a gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in a 5G (such as NR) system, or one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also It is a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point, such as a baseband unit BBU, or a distributed unit (DU), etc.
应理解,本申请实施例的网络设备的全部或部分功能可以通过在硬件上运行的软件功能来实现,也可以通过平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能来实现。It should be understood that all or part of the functions of the network device in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented through software functions running on hardware, or through virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
在一些网络部署中,网络设备可以采用CU-DU分离架构,即包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。网络设备还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现网络设备的部分功能,比如负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU实现网络设备的部分功能,比如负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。RRC层的信息由CU生成,最终会经过DU的PHY层封装变成PHY层信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来。因而在这种架构下,高层信令(例如,RRC层信令)也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为CU节点、或DU节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的设备、或控制面CU 节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的设备。In some network deployments, network equipment can adopt a CU-DU separation architecture, that is, including a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a DU. Network equipment may also include active antenna units (active antenna units, AAU). CU implements some functions of network equipment, such as processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions. DU implements some functions of network equipment, such as handling physical layer protocols and real-time services, implementing wireless link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (PHY) layer. ) layer function. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and active antenna related functions. The RRC layer information is generated by the CU, and will eventually be encapsulated by the PHY layer of the DU into PHY layer information, or converted from the PHY layer information. Therefore, under this architecture, high-level signaling (for example, RRC layer signaling) can also be considered to be sent by DU, or sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the network device may be a CU node, or a DU node, or a device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU Node (CU-CP node) and user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and DU node equipment.
应理解,本申请对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做具体限定。It should be understood that this application does not specifically limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,例如室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, such as indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the sky. In the embodiments of this application, the scenarios in which network devices and terminal devices are located are not limited.
要说明的是,上述各个通信设备,如图1中的网络设备101,以及终端设备102至107可以配置多个天线。该多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。另外,各通信设备还附加地包括发射机链和接收机链,本领域普通技术人员可以理解,它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如,处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。因此,网络设备与终端设备之间可通过多天线技术通信。可选地,该通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例不限于此。It should be noted that each of the above communication devices, such as the network device 101 in Figure 1 and the terminal devices 102 to 107, can be configured with multiple antennas. The plurality of antennas may include at least one transmit antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receive antenna for receiving signals. In addition, each communication device additionally includes a transmitter chain and a receiver chain. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that they may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (for example, processors, modulators, multiplexers, etc.) converter, demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.). Therefore, network equipment and terminal equipment can communicate through multi-antenna technology. Optionally, the communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, to which the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
应理解,图1A和图1B仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括图1A和图1B未示出的其他终端设备;比如,核心网设备等。一方面,接入网设备为终端设备提供无线接入连接,可以向终端设备发送数据或者接收终端设备发送的数据;另一方面,接入网设备和核心网设备也有连接,可以将从终端设备接收的数据转发至核心网,或者从核心网接收需要发送给终端设备的数据。It should be understood that FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B are only simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding. The communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices not shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B; for example, a core network Equipment etc. On the one hand, access network equipment provides wireless access connections for terminal equipment, and can send data to or receive data from terminal equipment; on the other hand, access network equipment and core network equipment are also connected, and can receive data from terminal equipment. The received data is forwarded to the core network, or data that needs to be sent to the terminal device is received from the core network.
为便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请中涉及到的术语进行简要说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of this application, the terms involved in this application are briefly explained.
1、扩展现实XR1. Extended Reality XR
XR是指各类由计算技术以及可穿戴设备生成的现实和虚拟相结合的环境,以及人-机之间的交互,主要包含VR、AR以及MR等虚拟与现实交互技术。为了提升人与虚拟世界交互的体验,XR业务对带宽和时延有着严格的要求。在上行传输过程中,XR终端可以通过内置摄像头采集并以特定频率(例如,60Hz或120Hz等)连续向服务器上传当前场景的图像。在下行传输过程中,服务器的编码器以固定频率(例如,60Hz或120Hz等)生成数据内容,并经由核心网和RAN传输至XR终端。XR refers to various types of combined real and virtual environments generated by computing technology and wearable devices, as well as human-computer interaction, and mainly includes virtual and reality interaction technologies such as VR, AR and MR. In order to improve the experience of people interacting with the virtual world, XR services have strict requirements on bandwidth and latency. During the uplink transmission process, the XR terminal can collect and continuously upload images of the current scene to the server through the built-in camera at a specific frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.). During the downlink transmission process, the server's encoder generates data content at a fixed frequency (for example, 60Hz or 120Hz, etc.) and transmits it to the XR terminal via the core network and RAN.
通常XR业务按照一定的帧率周期性生成数据帧。由于XR视频数据的编码特性,例如帧内、帧间编码以及视频内容变化的随机性,XR数据帧大小通常变化较大。例如相邻两个XR数据帧的大小可能不同,且有可能大不相同。另外,XR数据帧大小的变化也具有随机性,符合一定的分布,但几乎无法精确预测。示例性地,下行方向XR业务的业务模型包括AR/VR和云游戏。其中,AR/VR帧率可以是60fps或120fps,即每秒生成60帧或120帧视频图像,约每16.67ms或8.33ms出现一个视频帧,传输速率为20Mbps或45Mbps等。一个完整的视频帧的空口传输时延预算是10ms。CG帧率可以是60fps或120fps,即每秒生成60帧或120帧视频图像,传输速率为8Mbps或30Mbps等,一个完整的视频帧的空口传输时延预算是15ms。Usually, XR services periodically generate data frames according to a certain frame rate. Due to the encoding characteristics of XR video data, such as intra-frame, inter-frame encoding, and the randomness of video content changes, XR data frame size usually varies greatly. For example, the sizes of two adjacent XR data frames may be different, and may be quite different. In addition, the changes in the size of the XR data frame are also random and conform to a certain distribution, but it is almost impossible to predict accurately. By way of example, the business models of downlink XR services include AR/VR and cloud games. Among them, the AR/VR frame rate can be 60fps or 120fps, that is, 60 or 120 frames of video images are generated per second, one video frame appears approximately every 16.67ms or 8.33ms, and the transmission rate is 20Mbps or 45Mbps, etc. The air interface transmission delay budget for a complete video frame is 10ms. The CG frame rate can be 60fps or 120fps, that is, 60 or 120 frames of video images are generated per second, and the transmission rate is 8Mbps or 30Mbps, etc. The air interface transmission delay budget of a complete video frame is 15ms.
应理解,从基站从UPF收到一帧图像的数据开始计时,直到将一帧图像成功从基站成功发送到UE,这段时长可以称为视频帧的空口传输时延预算。It should be understood that the time starts from when the base station receives one frame of image data from the UPF until one frame of image is successfully sent from the base station to the UE. This period of time can be called the air interface transmission delay budget of the video frame.
2、BSR2. BSR
BSR包括常规BSR(regular BSR)、周期BSR(periodic BSR)和填充BSR(padding BSR)等。其中,常规BSR的触发条件包括下列(1)-(3),周期BSR的触发条件包括 下列(4),BSR由periodicBSR-Timer超时所触发,填充BSR的触发条件包括下列(5)。BSR includes regular BSR (regular BSR), periodic BSR (periodic BSR), padding BSR (padding BSR), etc. Among them, the triggering conditions of regular BSR include the following (1)-(3), and the triggering conditions of periodic BSR include Following (4), BSR is triggered by periodicBSR-Timer timeout, and the triggering conditions for filling BSR include the following (5).
(1)当属于某逻辑信道组LCG的逻辑信道LCH中有待传的新的上行数据包时,且该逻辑信道的优先级高于其他任何逻辑信道组中逻辑信道的优先级;(1) When there is a new uplink data packet to be transmitted in the logical channel LCH belonging to a certain logical channel group LCG, and the priority of the logical channel is higher than the priority of the logical channel in any other logical channel group;
(2)当属于某逻辑信道组LCG的逻辑信道LCH中有待传的新的上行数据包时,且目前逻辑信道组中所有逻辑信道均无可传数据。(2) When there is a new uplink data packet to be transmitted in the logical channel LCH belonging to a certain logical channel group LCG, and currently all logical channels in the logical channel group have no data to transmit.
(3)retxBSR-Timer超时,且UE在某逻辑信道组中任意一个逻辑信道有可传数据;(3) retxBSR-Timer times out, and the UE has transmittable data on any logical channel in a certain logical channel group;
(4)periodicBSR-Timer超时;(4)periodicBSR-Timer times out;
(5)paddingBSR:MAC PDU剩余资源可以放下BSR+BSR header。也就是说,已分配上行资源,且填充比特数大于或等于BSR MAC CE与其MAC子头subheader的比特数之和。(5)paddingBSR: The remaining resources of MAC PDU can be put down BSR+BSR header. That is to say, uplink resources have been allocated, and the number of padding bits is greater than or equal to the sum of the number of bits of the BSR MAC CE and its MAC subheader.
需要说明的是,当UE触发常规BSR和周期BSR,且有上行资源时,UE根据LCG的情况确定上报长BSR或者短BSR。具体地,当有多于一个LCG的buffer有待传数据时,UE上报长BSR;当仅一个LCG的buffer有待传数据时,UE上报短BSR。因此,当UE传输数据的时候,把XR数据帧所在的LCG的BSR上报给基站,可使能基站合理分配上行资源,降低资源的浪费。It should be noted that when the UE triggers regular BSR and periodic BSR and has uplink resources, the UE determines to report long BSR or short BSR according to the LCG situation. Specifically, when there is more than one LCG buffer with data to be transmitted, the UE reports a long BSR; when there is only one LCG buffer with data to be transmitted, the UE reports a short BSR. Therefore, when the UE transmits data, it reports the BSR of the LCG where the XR data frame is located to the base station, which enables the base station to reasonably allocate uplink resources and reduce resource waste.
在5.5G新愿景下,宽带实时交互(real-time bandwidth interaction,RTBC)场景支持大带宽和低交互时延,旨在给定时延和可靠性要求下将带宽提升10倍,实现人与虚拟世界交互时的沉浸式体验。其中,有着超高带宽和超低时延要求的XR Pro业务对当前5G提出了更为严峻的挑战。Under the new vision of 5.5G, real-time bandwidth interaction (RTBC) scenarios support large bandwidth and low interaction latency, aiming to increase bandwidth by 10 times under given latency and reliability requirements, and realize the realization of human-virtual world Immersive experience when interacting. Among them, the XR Pro business, which has ultra-high bandwidth and ultra-low latency requirements, poses more severe challenges to the current 5G.
示例性地,当有上行数据需要发送时,UE在物理上行链路控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)上向基站发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR),用于请求上行授权(UL grant)。SR仅告知基站是否有上行数据传输,不会告知基站有多少数据要传。每个LCH的SR发送资源(比如周期,偏移等)可以不同,每个逻辑信道单独配置。如果UE没有收到基站的上行授权,UE可以继续发送SR。基站收到SR后响应SR,通过PDCCH(例如DCI格式0_0或DCI格式0_1),指示调度信息给UE。基站会按照一个较小的、固定的数据量对该UE进行调度,因为基站此时并不知道UE有多少数据需要发送。UE收到调度指示后,在基站分配的PUSCH资源上发送数据,包括BSR信息,用来告知基站LCH或LCG上待传输的上行数据的数据量。如果基站收到的BSR大于0,则继续通过PDCCH指示调度信息给UE,然后UE在基站指示的PUSCH资源上进行数据传输。For example, when there is uplink data to be sent, the UE sends a scheduling request (SR) to the base station on the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) to request the uplink grant (UL grant) . SR only tells the base station whether there is uplink data transmission, but does not tell the base station how much data to transmit. The SR transmission resources (such as period, offset, etc.) of each LCH can be different, and each logical channel is configured separately. If the UE does not receive the uplink authorization from the base station, the UE can continue to send SR. After receiving the SR, the base station responds to the SR and indicates the scheduling information to the UE through the PDCCH (for example, DCI format 0_0 or DCI format 0_1). The base station will schedule the UE according to a small, fixed amount of data, because the base station does not know how much data the UE needs to send at this time. After receiving the scheduling instruction, the UE sends data on the PUSCH resources allocated by the base station, including BSR information, which is used to inform the base station of the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on the LCH or LCG. If the BSR received by the base station is greater than 0, it continues to indicate scheduling information to the UE through the PDCCH, and then the UE performs data transmission on the PUSCH resources indicated by the base station.
当前,5G上行传输可以分为动态调度和半静态调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)两种调度方式。其中,动态调度包括动态授权(dynamic grant,DG),半静态调度包括配置授权(configured grant,CG)调度。其中,动态调度是指由基站通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)为UE调度PUSCH资源(例如频域、时域资源位置),UE可以在该PUSCH资源上传输上行数据。CG包括两种调度方式,在配置授权类型1(CG type1)中,基站通过RRC信令为UE配置调度周期、调度资源(例如频域、时域资源位置)、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)进程数目、调制编码策略(modulationandcodingscheme,mcs)等参数,UE可以在该配置授权进行上行数据传输。在配置授权类型2(CG type2)中,基站通过RRC信令为UE配置调度周期、HARQ进程数目、使用哪个mcs表格等参数,再通过DCI指示频域、时域资源位置、mcs索引值,即 CG type2由物理层或层1信令控制激活或去激活CG的传输。Currently, 5G uplink transmission can be divided into two scheduling methods: dynamic scheduling and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS). Among them, dynamic scheduling includes dynamic grant (DG), and semi-static scheduling includes configured grant (CG) scheduling. Dynamic scheduling refers to the base station scheduling PUSCH resources (such as frequency domain and time domain resource locations) for the UE through downlink control information (DCI), and the UE can transmit uplink data on the PUSCH resources. CG includes two scheduling methods. In configuration grant type 1 (CG type1), the base station configures the scheduling period, scheduling resources (such as frequency domain, time domain resource location), hybrid automatic repeat request (hybrid automatic repeat request) for the UE through RRC signaling. Repeat request, HARQ) process number, modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, mcs) and other parameters, the UE can authorize uplink data transmission in this configuration. In configuration grant type 2 (CG type2), the base station configures parameters such as the scheduling cycle, the number of HARQ processes, and which mcs table to use for the UE through RRC signaling, and then indicates the frequency domain, time domain resource location, and mcs index value through DCI, that is, CG type2 is controlled by physical layer or layer 1 signaling to activate or deactivate the transmission of CG.
基于上述调度方式,需要考量基站如何准确地为UE提供调度资源。即保证XR数据帧在有限的数据包时延预算(packet delay budget,PDB)内完整传输的同时,又不造成资源的浪费。在传统的基站与UE之间的空口上行传输过程中,可以通过UE上报BSR的方式,通知基站当前UE的LCG的缓存情况,使能基站对于上行资源进行合理分配,降低上行资源的浪费。Based on the above scheduling method, it is necessary to consider how the base station accurately provides scheduling resources to the UE. That is to ensure that XR data frames are completely transmitted within the limited packet delay budget (PDB) without causing a waste of resources. In the traditional air interface uplink transmission process between the base station and the UE, the base station can be notified of the current UE's LCG cache status by the UE reporting the BSR, enabling the base station to reasonably allocate uplink resources and reduce the waste of uplink resources.
具体地,下面将结合图2针对上述常规BSR的触发进行示例说明。图2示出了第一种触发BSR上报的示意图。如图2所示,以XR视频业务为例,包括2个LCG,例如LCG ID0和LCG ID1。其中,LCG ID0包括2个LC,例如LCID1和LCID2;LCG ID1包括2个LC,例如LCID3和LCID4。Specifically, the triggering of the above conventional BSR will be illustrated below with reference to FIG. 2 . Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of the first triggering BSR reporting. As shown in Figure 2, taking the XR video service as an example, it includes 2 LCGs, such as LCG ID0 and LCG ID1. Among them, LCG ID0 includes 2 LCs, such as LCID1 and LCID2; LCG ID1 includes 2 LCs, such as LCID3 and LCID4.
假设XR数据帧所在LC为LCID1,XR视频业务周期约为16.67ms或8.33ms,其空口传输PDB要求约为60ms,由于空口传输PDB大于XR数据帧到达LC的间隔,因此可能出现第一个XR帧(数据1)未传输完成时,第二个XR帧(数据2)已经到达该LC的情况。此时,上述常规BSR的触发条件(1)和(2)都不满足,因此UE不会触发BSR上报。即当前UE无法根据XR数据帧的数据周期(例如16.67ms或8.33ms)上报BSR。由于BSR无法上报至基站可能造成资源浪费,或者基站误认为UE没有待传输的数据而不继续调度上行资源导致额外的传输时延。Assume that the LC where the XR data frame is located is LCID1, the XR video service cycle is about 16.67ms or 8.33ms, and its air interface transmission PDB requirement is about 60ms. Since the air interface transmission PDB is greater than the interval for the XR data frame to arrive at the LC, the first XR may occur When the transmission of frame (data 1) is not completed, the second XR frame (data 2) has arrived at the LC. At this time, neither the above triggering conditions (1) nor (2) of the conventional BSR are satisfied, so the UE will not trigger the BSR report. That is, the current UE cannot report the BSR according to the data period of the XR data frame (for example, 16.67ms or 8.33ms). The failure of the BSR to be reported to the base station may cause a waste of resources, or the base station may mistakenly believe that the UE has no data to be transmitted and not continue to schedule uplink resources, resulting in additional transmission delays.
具体地,下面将结合图3针对上述周期BSR和填充BSR的触发进行示例说明。Specifically, the triggering of the above-mentioned periodic BSR and filling BSR will be illustrated below with reference to FIG. 3 .
一种可能的实现方式,基站可以通过RRC信令配置periodicBSR-Timer,用于指示UE周期性地触发BSR上报,即periodicBSR。示例性地,将periodicBSR-Timer与XR数据帧的传输周期同步,以使能UE在传输XR数据帧的时候,触发BSR上报。需要说明的是,该periodicBSR-Timer的重启取决于该计时器periodicBSR-Timer的超时时刻,同时也取决于UE是否上报BSR。也就是说,即使periodicBSR-Timer未超时,但是UE由于其他原因(例如,上述触发条件(1)或(2))而触发常规BSR上报,该periodicBSR-Timer也会被重置。In one possible implementation, the base station can configure periodicBSR-Timer through RRC signaling to instruct the UE to periodically trigger BSR reporting, that is, periodicBSR. For example, the periodicBSR-Timer is synchronized with the transmission period of the XR data frame to enable the UE to trigger BSR reporting when transmitting the XR data frame. It should be noted that the restart of the periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the timer periodicBSR-Timer and also depends on whether the UE reports the BSR. That is to say, even if the periodicBSR-Timer does not time out, but the UE triggers a regular BSR report due to other reasons (for example, the above trigger condition (1) or (2)), the periodicBSR-Timer will be reset.
图3示出了第二种触发BSR上报的示意图。如图3所示,以子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)为15kHz(每个时隙时长为1ms),时分双工TDD配置为4:1为例,假设XR数据帧的传输周期为15ms,且periodicBSR-Timer的周期与XR帧周期相同。UE在第一个上行时隙(U1)传输XR帧1,并上报XR帧1对应的BSR,以及重启periodicBSR-Timer。根据上述XR帧的传输周期,XR帧2将在第四个上行时隙(U4)到达该LC#1,UE对应的在该U4上传输XR帧2,并上报XR帧2对应的BSR,以及重启periodicBSR-Timer。但是,若在第三个上行时隙(U3),UE因高优先级逻辑信道LC#2出现待传输的新数据而触发并上报BSR,会重启periodicBSR-Timer。那么,在U4即使有待传输的XR帧2,考虑到LC#1上的XR帧1可能未传输完成,且此时periodicBSR-Timer并未超时,因此导致UE在U4不触发BSR上报。Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of the second type of triggering BSR reporting. As shown in Figure 3, taking the subcarrier spacing (SCS) as 15kHz (each time slot is 1ms) and the time division duplex TDD configuration as 4:1, it is assumed that the transmission period of the XR data frame is 15ms. And the periodicBSR-Timer period is the same as the XR frame period. The UE transmits XR frame 1 in the first uplink time slot (U1), reports the BSR corresponding to XR frame 1, and restarts the periodicBSR-Timer. According to the above transmission cycle of the XR frame, XR frame 2 will arrive at the LC#1 in the fourth uplink time slot (U4). The UE correspondingly transmits the XR frame 2 on the U4 and reports the BSR corresponding to the XR frame 2, and Restart periodicBSR-Timer. However, if in the third uplink time slot (U3), the UE triggers and reports BSR due to new data to be transmitted on the high-priority logical channel LC#2, the periodicBSR-Timer will be restarted. Then, even if there is XR frame 2 to be transmitted at U4, considering that the transmission of XR frame 1 on LC#1 may not be completed, and the periodicBSR-Timer has not timed out at this time, the UE does not trigger BSR reporting at U4.
所以说,即使将periodicBSR-Timer和XR数据帧的传输周期匹配,也不能保证periodicBSR-Timer的触发时间和XR数据帧的传输同步。Therefore, even if the periodicBSR-Timer and the transmission period of the XR data frame are matched, the trigger time of the periodicBSR-Timer and the transmission period of the XR data frame cannot be guaranteed to be synchronized.
另一种可能的实现方式,当UE将XR数据帧填充完MAC PDU后,若该MAC PDU仍有剩余资源,UE可以在剩余资源传输BSR,即paddingBSR,以提升资源利用率。因此, 填充BSR的上报取决于基站分配的资源以及UE的LCG所需要的资源。即填充BSR具有不确定性,无法保障填充BSR的按时上报。Another possible implementation is that after the UE fills the MAC PDU with the XR data frame, if the MAC PDU still has remaining resources, the UE can transmit BSR in the remaining resources, that is, padding BSR, to improve resource utilization. therefore, The reporting of filled BSR depends on the resources allocated by the base station and the resources required by the UE's LCG. That is to say, there is uncertainty in filling the BSR, and there is no guarantee that the filled BSR will be reported on time.
简言之,periodicBSR-Timer会由于UE上报BSR而重置,导致周期BSR的上报无法与XR数据帧的传输完全同步,进而造成资源浪费或者产生额外的传输时延。In short, the periodicBSR-Timer will be reset when the UE reports BSR, causing the reporting of periodic BSR to be unable to be fully synchronized with the transmission of XR data frames, resulting in a waste of resources or additional transmission delays.
综上所述,当前BSR的触发机制,并不能很好地支持XR视频业务的BSR及时上报,导致资源浪费,或者产生额外的传输时延。In summary, the current BSR triggering mechanism cannot well support timely reporting of BSR for XR video services, resulting in a waste of resources or additional transmission delays.
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种通信方法和通信装置,保证UE在每次传输一个新的XR数据帧时,同时向基站上报BSR,使能BSR随着XR数据帧的传输而及时上报。本申请所揭示的方法,能够提升上行资源的利用率,降低上行XR数据帧的传输时延,以及减少空口资源的浪费。In view of this, this application provides a communication method and communication device to ensure that the UE reports the BSR to the base station each time it transmits a new XR data frame, and enables the BSR to be reported in time with the transmission of the XR data frame. The method disclosed in this application can improve the utilization of uplink resources, reduce the transmission delay of uplink XR data frames, and reduce the waste of air interface resources.
为便于理解本申请实施例,作出以下几点说明:In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of this application, the following points are explained:
第一,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。First, if there are no special instructions or logical conflicts, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new ones based on their inherent logical relationships. Embodiments.
第二,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个以上(包含两个)。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b和c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,或,b,或,c,或,a和b,或,a和c,或,b和c,或,a、b和c。其中a、b和c分别可以是单个,也可以是多个。Second, “at least one” refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more (including two). "And/or" describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b and c can mean: a, or, b, or, c, or, a and b, or, a and c, or, b and c, or, a , b and c. Among them, a, b and c can be single or multiple respectively.
第三,“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号(例如,#1、#2)仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的指示信息等。Third, “first”, “second” and various numerical numbers (for example, #1, #2) are only distinctions for convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different instruction information, etc.
第四,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。Fourth, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions, for example, a process, method, system, product or equipment that includes a series of steps or units and need not be limited to those explicitly listed may include other steps or elements not expressly listed or inherent to the process, method, product or apparatus.
第五,“用于指示”或“指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示,或者说“用于指示”或“指示”可以显式地和/或隐式地指示。例如,当描述某一信息用于指示信息I时,可以包括该信息直接指示I或间接指示I,而并不代表该信息中一定携带有I。又例如,隐式指示可以基于用于传输的位置和/或资源;显式指示可以基于一个或多个参数,和/或一个或多个索引,和/或一个或多个它所表示的位模式。Fifth, “for indicating” or “instructing” may include direct indicating and indirect indicating, or “for indicating” or “instructing” may indicate explicitly and/or implicitly. For example, when describing certain information as indicating information I, it may include that the information directly indicates I or indirectly indicates I, but it does not mean that the information must contain I. As another example, an implicit indication may be based on the location and/or resources used for transmission; an explicit indication may be based on one or more parameters, and/or one or more indexes, and/or one or more bits it represents. model.
本申请涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。待指示信息可以作为整体一起发送,也可以分成多个子信息分开发送,而且这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以相同,也可以不同,本申请对具体的发送方法不作限定。其中,这些子信息的发送周期和/或发送时机可以是预先定义的,例如根据协议预先定义的,也可以是发射端设备通过向接收端设备发送配置信息来配置的。其中,该配置信息可以例如但不限于包括无线资源控制信令、MAC层信令和物理层信令中的一种或者至少两种的组合。 其中,无线资源控制信令例如包括RRC信令,MAC层信令例如包括MAC控制元素(control element,CE),物理层信令包括DCI信令等。The instruction methods involved in this application should be understood to cover various methods that can enable the party to be instructed to obtain the information to be instructed. The information to be instructed can be sent together as a whole, or can be divided into multiple sub-information and sent separately, and the sending cycle and/or sending timing of these sub-information can be the same or different. This application does not limit the specific sending method. The sending period and/or sending timing of these sub-information may be predefined, for example, according to a protocol, or may be configured by the transmitting device by sending configuration information to the receiving device. The configuration information may include, for example but not limited to, one or a combination of at least two of radio resource control signaling, MAC layer signaling and physical layer signaling. The radio resource control signaling includes, for example, RRC signaling, the MAC layer signaling includes, for example, a MAC control element (CE), and the physical layer signaling includes DCI signaling.
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信方法。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
应理解,本申请主要适用于低时延高可靠性需求的业务,例如XR或URLLC视频业务。当然,还适用于其他没有这么高的时延和可靠性要求的业务,能够提升用户感知的吞吐量和用户的体验。为便于理解,以XR视频业务的网络设备与终端设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信方法。It should be understood that this application is mainly applicable to services requiring low latency and high reliability, such as XR or URLLC video services. Of course, it is also applicable to other services that do not have such high latency and reliability requirements, and can improve user-perceived throughput and user experience. For ease of understanding, the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail by taking the interaction between the network device and the terminal device of the XR video service as an example.
图4是本申请实施例提供的第一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法方法400的流程示意图。如图4所示,该方法具体包括如下多个步骤。Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR indication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method specifically includes the following steps.
S410,终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一消息。S410. The terminal device receives the first message from the first device.
对应的,第一设备向终端设备发送第一消息。Correspondingly, the first device sends the first message to the terminal device.
其中,第一消息用于指示终端设备触发BSR,BSR用于指示终端设备的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态。The first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the logical channel group LCG of the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,数据量可以称为数据大小,缓存状态(buffer status)可以称为缓存数据大小,或者缓存大小(buffer size),或者缓存数据量。例如,上行缓存状态可以称为上行缓存数据量、上行缓存数据大小,或者上行缓存大小。待传输的上行数据量可以称为待传输的上行数据大小等,本申请对具体的名称不作具体限定。In the embodiment of this application, the amount of data may be called data size, and the cache status (buffer status) may be called cache data size, or cache size (buffer size), or cache data amount. For example, the upstream cache status may be referred to as upstream cache data volume, upstream cache data size, or upstream cache size. The amount of uplink data to be transmitted may be called the size of the uplink data to be transmitted, etc. This application does not specifically limit the specific name.
示例性地,第一设备可以是网络设备(例如基站),也可以是终端设备(例如UE2),即本申请技术方案适用于蜂窝上行传输场景,也适用于侧行链路SL场景。需要说明的是,在SL场景下,UE1为了与UE2进行通信,UE1需要向基站上报UE1的BSR,以使能基站为UE1调度资源。此时的BSR为UE1给UE2传输数据的BSR。For example, the first device may be a network device (such as a base station) or a terminal device (such as UE2). That is, the technical solution of this application is applicable to both cellular uplink transmission scenarios and sidelink SL scenarios. It should be noted that in the SL scenario, in order to communicate with UE2, UE1 needs to report the BSR of UE1 to the base station to enable the base station to schedule resources for UE1. The BSR at this time is the BSR used by UE1 to transmit data to UE2.
另外,终端设备还接收来自第一设备的第二消息,第二消息用于指示第一设备为终端设备分配的传输资源,传输资源用于承载BSR MAC CE。In addition, the terminal device also receives a second message from the first device. The second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device. The transmission resources are used to carry the BSR MAC CE.
可选地,第二消息可以是在终端设备发送第一消息之后发送的,例如第一消息承载于MAC CE中,第二消息承载于DCI中。或者,第二消息也可以是与第一消息同时发送的,例如第一消息和第二消息承载于同一个DCI中,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the second message may be sent after the terminal device sends the first message. For example, the first message is carried in the MAC CE and the second message is carried in the DCI. Alternatively, the second message may be sent simultaneously with the first message. For example, the first message and the second message may be carried in the same DCI, which is not specifically limited in this application.
示例性地,传输资源包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源或物理侧链路共享信道PSSCH资源。具体地,UE1可以在基站分配的PUSCH资源上向基站发送BSR MAC CE;或者,UE1可以在基站分配的PSSCH资源上向UE2发送BSR MAC CE。For example, the transmission resources include physical uplink shared channel PUSCH resources or physical sidelink shared channel PSSCH resources. Specifically, UE1 can send the BSR MAC CE to the base station on the PUSCH resources allocated by the base station; or, UE1 can send the BSR MAC CE to UE2 on the PSSCH resources allocated by the base station.
可选地,第二消息承载在控制信息中,控制信息包括下行控制信息DCI或侧链路控制信息SCI。进一步的,控制信息还用于承载第一消息。Optionally, the second message is carried in control information, and the control information includes downlink control information DCI or side link control information SCI. Further, the control information is also used to carry the first message.
示例性地,第一消息和第二消息均承载在同一个控制信息中,对于上行链路来说控制信息可以是DCI,对于侧行链路来说控制信息可以是SCI。例如,第一消息和第二消息为DCI格式0_0,或DCI格式0_1,或DCI格式0_2的字段,其中,第二消息可以包含多个字段。For example, both the first message and the second message are carried in the same control information. For the uplink, the control information may be DCI, and for the sidelink, the control information may be SCI. For example, the first message and the second message are fields of DCI format 0_0, or DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2, where the second message may include multiple fields.
可选地,第二消息承载在控制信息中,控制信息包括下行控制信息DCI或侧链路控制信息SCI。进一步的,第一消息承载在MAC CE中。Optionally, the second message is carried in control information, and the control information includes downlink control information DCI or side link control information SCI. Further, the first message is carried in the MAC CE.
示例性地,第一消息承载在MAC CE中,第二消息承载在控制信息中,例如DCI或SCI。 Exemplarily, the first message is carried in the MAC CE, and the second message is carried in the control information, such as DCI or SCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一消息承载在MAC CE,MAC CE的MAC subheader包括逻辑信道标识LCID。In a possible implementation, the first message is carried on the MAC CE, and the MAC subheader of the MAC CE includes the logical channel identifier LCID.
示例性地,第一消息还用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID。Exemplarily, the first message is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
示例性地,终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID。Exemplarily, the terminal device receives first configuration information from the first device, and the first configuration information is used to configure at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
进一步地,第一消息还用于指示第一时长,第一时长用于指示第一时刻相对于第二时刻的时间偏移量,第一时刻为终端设备触发BSR的时刻,第二时刻为终端设备接收到第一消息的时刻。Further, the first message is also used to indicate the first duration, and the first duration is used to indicate the time offset of the first moment relative to the second moment. The first moment is the moment when the terminal device triggers the BSR, and the second moment is when the terminal device triggers the BSR. The moment the device received the first message.
示例性地,第一时长的单位可以是时隙(slot)、符号(symbol)或者毫秒,例如,2slot。For example, the unit of the first duration may be a slot, a symbol, or a millisecond, for example, 2 slots.
应理解,通过指示第一时长(即终端设备接收到第一消息的时刻与终端设备触发BSR的时刻之差)以实现可定时触发BSR的效果。例如,终端设备在t0时刻接收到MAC CE后译码成功并触发BSR上报,此时第一时长可以为零。但是,考虑到终端设备在初传时接收到MAC CE可能译码不成功的情况,终端设备需要向第一设备请求调度重传,进而导致终端设备正确译码该MAC CE的时间和初传调度的时间不一致。通过第一时长可以保证终端设备在触发BSR时,使能第一设备及时有效地获取BSR MAC CE,并为终端设备分配传输资源。It should be understood that by indicating the first duration (ie, the difference between the time when the terminal device receives the first message and the time when the terminal device triggers the BSR), the effect of timing the BSR can be achieved. For example, after the terminal device receives the MAC CE at time t0, the decoding is successful and the BSR report is triggered. At this time, the first duration can be zero. However, considering that the terminal device may fail to decode the MAC CE when it receives it during the initial transmission, the terminal device needs to request the first device to schedule a retransmission, which will lead to the terminal device correctly decoding the time and initial transmission schedule of the MAC CE. The time is inconsistent. The first duration can ensure that when the terminal device triggers BSR, the first device is enabled to obtain the BSR MAC CE in a timely and effective manner and allocate transmission resources to the terminal device.
S420,终端设备根据第一消息向第一设备发送BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE。S420: The terminal device sends the BSR media access control MAC control element CE to the first device according to the first message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在满足第一条件的情况下向第一设备发送BSR MAC CE。其中,第一条件为传输资源用于初传;传输资源能够容纳BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及BSR MAC CE由第一消息触发。In a possible implementation, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device when the first condition is met. Among them, the first condition is that the transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
应理解,通过定义第一条件来说明该上报方式在BSR是由于该MAC CE触发进行的。It should be understood that by defining the first condition, it is explained that the reporting method is triggered by the MAC CE in the BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,当LCID的取值为预设值时,终端设备根据第一消息向第一设备发送BSR MAC CE。In another possible implementation, when the value of the LCID is a preset value, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message.
示例性地,该MAC CE包括8个比特的MAC subheader,终端设备可以根据LCID确定接收到的MAC subheader是否用于触发BSR上报。例如,用于触发BSR的MAC CE的LCID的预设值可以为35至44中的任一值,例如38。如果LCID的取值为45,则指示该MAC CE不用来触发BSR上报;类似地,如果LCID的取值为38,则指示终端设备触发BSR上报,即终端设备在接收到MAC CE后,将触发一次BSR的上报。For example, the MAC CE includes an 8-bit MAC subheader, and the terminal device can determine whether the received MAC subheader is used to trigger BSR reporting based on the LCID. For example, the preset value of the LCID of the MAC CE used to trigger the BSR can be any value from 35 to 44, such as 38. If the value of LCID is 45, it indicates that the MAC CE is not used to trigger BSR reporting; similarly, if the value of LCID is 38, it indicates that the terminal device triggers BSR reporting, that is, after receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device will trigger A BSR report.
在一种可能的方式中,通过上述方式触发的BSR可以为常规BSR。即当终端设备通过第一消息触发BSR上报时,UE将按照常规BSR的方式在可用的传输资源上传输BSR MAC CE。In a possible manner, the BSR triggered in the above manner may be a conventional BSR. That is, when the terminal device triggers BSR reporting through the first message, the UE will transmit the BSR MAC CE on the available transmission resources in the conventional BSR manner.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,当第一消息还用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID,或者终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID时,BSR MAC CE包括至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。In yet another possible implementation, when the first message is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID, or the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the first device, the first configuration information is used to configure at least one When a logical channel group identifies an LCG ID, the BSR MAC CE includes the cache status of at least one LCG corresponding to the LCG ID.
示例性地,第一设备提前为终端设备半静态配置了LCG ID,例如LCG ID=6,则终端设备在接收到第一消息后,触发上报的BSR MAC CE中包括LCG ID为6所对应的LCG缓存状态。或者,终端设备接收到的MAC CE中携带的LCG ID的取值为4和5,则终端设备随即上报的BSR MAC CE中包括LCG ID为4和5所对应的LCG缓存状态。又或 者,终端设备接收到的MAC CE中包含8个比特,每个比特对应LCG0-LCG7的位图,若LCGi对应比特位“1”指示触发LCGi的BSR上报,LCGi对应比特“0”指示不上报LCGi。例如LCG3和LCG4对应的比特位“1”,则终端设备上报的BSR MAC CE中携带LCG3和LCG4的缓存状态。又或者,通过DCI携带比特信息“011”,用于指示终端设备触发LCG3的上报等。For example, the first device semi-statically configures the LCG ID for the terminal device in advance, for example, LCG ID=6. Then, after receiving the first message, the terminal device triggers the reporting of the BSR MAC CE including the LCG ID corresponding to 6. LCG cache status. Alternatively, the values of the LCG ID carried in the MAC CE received by the terminal device are 4 and 5, and the BSR MAC CE immediately reported by the terminal device includes the LCG cache status corresponding to the LCG ID of 4 and 5. Or Or, the MAC CE received by the terminal device contains 8 bits, each bit corresponding to the bitmap of LCG0-LCG7. If the corresponding bit "1" of LCGi indicates that the BSR report of LCGi is triggered, the corresponding bit "0" of LCGi indicates not to report. LCGi. For example, if the bits corresponding to LCG3 and LCG4 are "1", the BSR MAC CE reported by the terminal device carries the cache status of LCG3 and LCG4. Or, bit information "011" is carried through DCI to instruct the terminal device to trigger LCG3 reporting, etc.
基于上述方案,第一设备可以通过指示信息(第一消息)直接或间接地向终端设备指示一个或多个LCG ID;或者,第一设备也可以半静态为终端设备配置(第一配置信息)一个或多个LCG ID。基于第一设备指定的一个或多个LCG ID,终端设备在上报BSR MAC CE时携带该至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。Based on the above solution, the first device can directly or indirectly indicate one or more LCG IDs to the terminal device through indication information (first message); or, the first device can also semi-statically configure the terminal device (first configuration information) One or more LCG IDs. Based on one or more LCG IDs specified by the first device, the terminal device carries the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID when reporting the BSR MAC CE.
示例性地,当终端设备同时触发BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,终端设备根据常规BSR和/或周期BSR生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当终端设备同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,终端设备根据BSR生成BSR MAC CE。For example, when the terminal device triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; or, when the terminal device triggers BSR and padding BSR at the same time , the terminal device generates BSR MAC CE based on BSR.
应理解,一个MAC协议数据单元SDU应该包含最多一个BSR MAC CE,即使有多个事件触发BSR上报。也就是说,常规BSR和周期BSR应该优先于填充BSR,本申请实施例中由MAC CE触发的BSR的优先级优先于填充BSR,但是低于常规BSR和/或周期BSR的优先级。It should be understood that a MAC protocol data unit SDU should contain at most one BSR MAC CE, even if multiple events trigger BSR reporting. That is to say, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of the present application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
这样,通过接收第一设备发送的BSR触发指示,能够保证终端设备在发送数据的同时及时上报BSR,以使能第一设备为终端设备分配合理的传输资源,进而减少资源浪费以及降低传输时延。In this way, by receiving the BSR trigger indication sent by the first device, it can be ensured that the terminal device reports the BSR in time while sending data, so as to enable the first device to allocate reasonable transmission resources to the terminal device, thereby reducing resource waste and transmission delay. .
下面以蜂窝上行传输场景下,XR视频业务中基站和UE之间的交互为例,结合图5详细说明一种基站主动触发UE上报BSR的方式。Taking the interaction between the base station and the UE in the XR video service in the cellular uplink transmission scenario as an example, a method for the base station to actively trigger the UE to report BSR is explained in detail with reference to Figure 5.
图5是本申请实施例提供的第二种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法500的流程示意图。在该实现方式中,基站通过MAC CE主动触发BSR的上报,保证UE在发送数据的同时上报BSR,以使能基站资源资源分配。如图5所示,该方法具体包括如下多个步骤。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR indication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this implementation, the base station actively triggers the reporting of BSR through MAC CE to ensure that the UE reports BSR while sending data to enable resource allocation by the base station. As shown in Figure 5, the method specifically includes the following steps.
S510,基站向UE发送MAC CE(即,第一消息)。S510: The base station sends the MAC CE (ie, the first message) to the UE.
对应的,UE接收来自基站的MAC CE。Correspondingly, the UE receives the MAC CE from the base station.
其中,该MAC CE用于指示UE触发BSR上报,BSR用于指示UE的至少一个LCG的上行缓存数据量。Among them, the MAC CE is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting, and the BSR is used to indicate the amount of uplink buffered data of at least one LCG of the UE.
应理解,相比于传统的BSR触发机制,本申请实施例将UE接收到触发BSR的MAC CE定义为一种新增的常规BSR的触发条件。It should be understood that compared with the traditional BSR triggering mechanism, the embodiment of the present application defines the UE receiving the MAC CE that triggers BSR as a new trigger condition for conventional BSR.
示例性地,在XR视频业务中,UE是周期性(例如,60Hz)向基站传输数据帧,基站可以知道UE上传视频数据的具体时刻,因此基站可以在UE上传XR数据帧之前,通过MAC CE指示UE触发BSR上报。For example, in the XR video service, the UE transmits data frames to the base station periodically (for example, 60Hz). The base station can know the specific moment when the UE uploads video data, so the base station can pass the MAC CE before the UE uploads the XR data frame. Instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting.
具体地,下面针对MAC CE的格式的设计,具体说明基站如何通过MAC CE指示UE触发BSR上报。Specifically, the following is a detailed description of how the base station instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting through the MAC CE format based on the design of the MAC CE format.
图6的(a)是本申请实施例提供的第一种MAC CE的格式的结构示意图。如图6的(a)所示,该MAC CE subPDU包含8比特MAC subheader和0比特MAC CE。其中,MAC subheader包括R和LCID。R为预留比特(reserved)。LCID为逻辑信道标识或MAC CE标识。 Figure 6(a) is a schematic structural diagram of the first MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of Figure 6, the MAC CE subPDU includes an 8-bit MAC subheader and a 0-bit MAC CE. Among them, MAC subheader includes R and LCID. R is a reserved bit (reserved). LCID is the logical channel identifier or MAC CE identifier.
一种可能的实现方式,UE根据该LCID确定该MAC subheader是否用于触发BSR上报。One possible implementation method is that the UE determines whether the MAC subheader is used to trigger BSR reporting based on the LCID.
示例性地,假设用于触发BSR的MAC CE的LCID取值属于范围35至44,该取值范围可以是基站通过信令配置的,也可以是设备出厂是预配置的。例如,基站发送的用于触发BSR的MAC CE的LCID等于38,用于指示UE触发BSR上报。则UE在接收到该MAC CE后,将触发一次常规BSR的上报。具体地,当有多个LCG的缓存有待传数据时,UE上报长BSR,包括该多个LCG的上行缓存数据量,可选地还包括LCG ID。反之,UE上报短BSR,即某一个LCG的上行缓存数据量。For example, it is assumed that the LCID value of the MAC CE used to trigger BSR belongs to the range 35 to 44. This value range can be configured by the base station through signaling, or it can be pre-configured by the factory. For example, the LCID of the MAC CE sent by the base station to trigger BSR is equal to 38, which is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting. After receiving the MAC CE, the UE will trigger a regular BSR report. Specifically, when there are multiple LCG caches with data to be transmitted, the UE reports a long BSR, including the amount of uplink cache data of the multiple LCGs, and optionally also includes the LCG ID. On the contrary, the UE reports the short BSR, which is the amount of uplink buffered data of a certain LCG.
进一步地,基站可以通过MAC CE触发UE上报指定的LCG的BSR。Further, the base station can trigger the UE to report the BSR of the specified LCG through the MAC CE.
一种可能的实现方式,基站可以为该MAC CE触发的BSR半静态配置一个LCG ID,例如,基站通过第一配置信息为UE半静态配置至少一个LCG ID,即该MAC CE触发的BSR仅用于上报半静态配置的LCG ID对应的上行数缓存数据大小。One possible implementation method is that the base station can semi-statically configure an LCG ID for the BSR triggered by the MAC CE. For example, the base station semi-statically configures at least one LCG ID for the UE through the first configuration information, that is, the BSR triggered by the MAC CE only uses The size of the uplink cache data corresponding to the semi-statically configured LCG ID is reported.
示例性地,基站可以在BSR-config information element信令中添加logicalChannelGroup,具体的配置方式可以参考如下所示:
For example, the base station can add logicalChannelGroup in the BSR-config information element signaling. The specific configuration method can be as follows:
应理解,当配置logicalChannelGroup时,MAC CE触发的BSR仅上报该logicalChannelGroup所对应的上行缓存数据大小,即该上报方式仅在BSR是由于该MAC CE触发时进行。It should be understood that when a logicalChannelGroup is configured, the BSR triggered by the MAC CE only reports the uplink cache data size corresponding to the logicalChannelGroup, that is, this reporting method is only performed when the BSR is triggered by the MAC CE.
可选地,由于新引入了MAC CE,需要定义新引入的MAC CE所触发的BSR与其他类型的BSR的优先级顺序。Optionally, due to the newly introduced MAC CE, it is necessary to define the priority order of BSR triggered by the newly introduced MAC CE and other types of BSR.
也就是说,当UE同时触发本申请提供的BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,则根据常规BSR和/或周期BSR生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当UE同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,则根据本方案BSR生成BSR MAC CE,即生成的BSR MAC CE仅包含logicalChannelGroup所对应的LCG ID的缓存状态报告。That is to say, when the UE triggers the BSR, filling BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR provided by this application at the same time, the BSR MAC CE is generated according to the regular BSR and/or periodic BSR; or, when the UE triggers the BSR and the filling BSR at the same time , the BSR generates the BSR MAC CE according to this solution, that is, the generated BSR MAC CE only contains the cache status report of the LCG ID corresponding to the logicalChannelGroup.
示例性地,若UE在上报该MAC CE触发的BSR前,由于其他条件已经触发了BSR上报,例如新的待传输数据到达触发了常规和/或周期BSR,则UE将按照当前常规BSR的方式上报长BSR或短BSR。For example, if the UE has already triggered a BSR report due to other conditions before reporting the BSR triggered by the MAC CE, such as the arrival of new data to be transmitted triggering regular and/or periodic BSR, the UE will follow the current regular BSR method. Report long BSR or short BSR.
另一种可能的实现方式,基站可以为该MAC CE触发的BSR半静态配置多个LCG ID,即该MAC CE触发的BSR用于上报半静态配置的多个LCG ID对应的上行数缓存数 据大小。Another possible implementation method is that the base station can semi-statically configure multiple LCG IDs for the BSR triggered by the MAC CE. That is, the BSR triggered by the MAC CE is used to report the uplink buffer number corresponding to the multiple LCG IDs configured semi-statically. According to size.
示例性地,上述logicalChannelGroup可以扩展为logicalChannelGroupList,具体如下所示:For example, the above logicalChannelGroup can be extended to logicalChannelGroupList, as shown below:
logicalChannelGroupList SEQUENCE(SIZE(1…maxNroflogicalChannelGroupList SEQUENCE(SIZE(1…maxNrof
maxLCG-ID))OPTIOAL,--Need RmaxLCG-ID))OPTIOAL,--Need R
又一种可能的实现方式,基站可以动态指示触发多个指定的LCG的BSR上报。In another possible implementation, the base station can dynamically instruct to trigger BSR reporting of multiple designated LCGs.
示例性地,基站通过DCI指示UE触发BSR上报,DCI中携带LCG ID(例如LCG3)。则UE向基站上报LCG3对应的BSR。For example, the base station instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI, which carries the LCG ID (for example, LCG3). Then the UE reports the BSR corresponding to LCG3 to the base station.
针对上述基站通过MAC CE触发BSR上报指定的一个或多个LCG的上行缓存数据量,本申请技术方案还提供了以下几种可能的实现方式进行示例性说明。In view of the above base station triggering the BSR to report the amount of uplink cache data of one or more designated LCGs through the MAC CE, the technical solution of this application also provides the following possible implementation methods for exemplary explanation.
图6的(b)是本申请实施例提供的第二种MAC CE的格式的结构示意图。如图6的(b)所示,该MAC CE subPDU包含8比特MAC subheader和8比特MAC CE。其中,MAC subheader部分与图6的(a)所示的MAC subheader相同,此处不再赘述。8比特MAC CE分别对应LCG0~LCG7的位图。Figure 6(b) is a schematic structural diagram of the second MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in (b) of Figure 6, the MAC CE subPDU contains an 8-bit MAC subheader and an 8-bit MAC CE. Among them, the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here. The 8-bit MAC CE corresponds to the bitmaps of LCG0~LCG7 respectively.
一种可能的实现方式,当LCGi对应的比特为‘1’时,UE将上报与该LCGi对应的BSR;当LCGi对应的比特为‘0’时,UE将不上报与该LCGi对应的BSR。示例性地,当UE在接收到该MAC CE中的LCGi的位图为‘10001000’时,可确定LCG7和LCG3所对应的比特为‘1’,其他LCG对应的比特为‘0’,则UE上报的BSR中将包括LCG7和LCG3的缓存数据大小。One possible implementation is that when the bit corresponding to the LCGi is '1', the UE will report the BSR corresponding to the LCGi; when the bit corresponding to the LCGi is '0', the UE will not report the BSR corresponding to the LCGi. For example, when the UE receives the LCGi bitmap in the MAC CE as '10001000', it can determine that the bits corresponding to LCG7 and LCG3 are '1', and the bits corresponding to other LCGs are '0', then the UE The reported BSR will include the cache data sizes of LCG7 and LCG3.
图6的(c)是本申请实施例提供的第三种MAC CE的格式的结构示意图。如图6的(c)所示,该MAC CE subPDU包含8比特MAC subheader和MAC CE。其中,MAC subheader部分与图6的(a)所示的MAC subheader相同,此处不再赘述。MAC CE部分的LCGi用于指示触发UE上报BSR时,BSR应包含的一个LCG号。示例性地,当LCGi为LCG3时,则UE上报的BSR中包括LCG3的缓存数据大小。当LCGi为LCG5时,则UE上报的BSR中包括LCG5的缓存数据大小。Figure 6(c) is a schematic structural diagram of the third MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in (c) of Figure 6, the MAC CE subPDU contains an 8-bit MAC subheader and MAC CE. Among them, the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here. The LCGi in the MAC CE part is used to indicate an LCG number that the BSR should contain when triggering the UE to report the BSR. For example, when the LCGi is LCG3, the BSR reported by the UE includes the buffered data size of LCG3. When the LCGi is LCG5, the BSR reported by the UE includes the cache data size of LCG5.
图6的(d)是本申请实施例提供的第四种MAC CE的格式的结构示意图。如图6的(d)所示,该MAC CE subPDU包含8比特MAC subheader和MAC CE。其中,MAC subheader部分与图6的(a)所示的MAC subheader相同,此处不再赘述。MAC CE的部分LCGi用于指示触发UE上报BSR时,BSR应包含的多个LCG号。示例性地,当LCGi分别为LCG3和LCG7时,则UE上报的BSR中包括LCG3和LCG7的缓存数据大小。Figure 6(d) is a schematic structural diagram of the fourth MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in (d) of Figure 6, the MAC CE subPDU contains an 8-bit MAC subheader and MAC CE. Among them, the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here. Part of the LCGi of the MAC CE is used to indicate the multiple LCG numbers that the BSR should contain when triggering the UE to report the BSR. For example, when the LCGi are LCG3 and LCG7 respectively, the BSR reported by the UE includes the cache data sizes of LCG3 and LCG7.
进一步地,基站还可以通过MAC CE指示UE触发BSR上报的具体时刻。Furthermore, the base station can also instruct the UE through the MAC CE the specific time to trigger the BSR report.
图6的(e)是本申请实施例提供的第五种MAC CE的格式的结构示意图。如图6的(e)所示,提供了一种可定时触发BSR的MAC CE。该MAC CE subPDU包含8比特MAC subheader和MAC CE。其中,MAC subheader部分与图6的(a)所示的MAC subheader相同,此处不再赘述。MAC CE部分包含一个延迟定时器(delay Timer),用于指示第一时长,该第一时长用于指示UE触发BSR的时刻相对于UE接收到MAC CE的时刻的时间偏移量。也就是说,该delay Timer用于确定UE触发或上报BSR的时刻。Figure 6(e) is a schematic structural diagram of the fifth MAC CE format provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in (e) of Figure 6, a MAC CE that can trigger BSR regularly is provided. The MAC CE subPDU contains the 8-bit MAC subheader and MAC CE. Among them, the MAC subheader part is the same as the MAC subheader shown in (a) of Figure 6, and will not be described again here. The MAC CE part includes a delay timer (delay Timer) used to indicate the first duration. The first duration is used to indicate the time offset of the time when the UE triggers BSR relative to the time when the UE receives the MAC CE. In other words, the delay Timer is used to determine the time when the UE triggers or reports BSR.
示例性地,该delay Timer的单位可以是时隙、毫秒或者符号数量等。For example, the unit of the delay Timer may be a time slot, a millisecond, or a number of symbols.
应理解,在UE接收到MAC CE后开始计时该timer,到该timer超时后所对应的时刻 触发BSR。It should be understood that the timer starts counting after the UE receives the MAC CE, and the time corresponding to the timer expires. Trigger BSR.
一种可能的实现方式,UE在首次接收到承载该MAC CE的传输块(transport block,TB)后,译码失败。UE可以通过HARQ反馈的方式向基站上报否定应答(negative ackownledgement,NACK),基站在收到NACK后为UE的该TB调度一个重传,然后UE再重新接收、译码和上报。因此可能会出现UE正确译码该MAC CE的时间与初传调度的时间不一致的情况,此时,UE将根据初传的时间确定delay timer的开启时间。One possible implementation is that after the UE receives the transport block (TB) carrying the MAC CE for the first time, the decoding fails. The UE can report a negative acknowledgment (NACK) to the base station through HARQ feedback. After receiving the NACK, the base station schedules a retransmission for the TB of the UE, and then the UE re-receives, decodes and reports. Therefore, it may happen that the time when the UE correctly decodes the MAC CE is inconsistent with the time of the initial transmission schedule. In this case, the UE will determine the delay timer start time based on the initial transmission time.
示例性地,如图7所示,UE在t0时刻首次接收到MAC CE,delay timer的开启时间即为t0,但是由于译码失败,UE需要请求基站调度重传,并在t3时刻重新接收并译码成功,而MAC CE部分包含的delay Timer指示UE在t5时刻触发BSR上报,此时第一时长即为t5与t0之差。For example, as shown in Figure 7, the UE receives the MAC CE for the first time at time t0, and the delay timer is started at time t0. However, due to the decoding failure, the UE needs to request the base station to schedule retransmission and re-receive the MAC CE at time t3. The decoding is successful, and the delay Timer included in the MAC CE part instructs the UE to trigger the BSR report at t5. At this time, the first duration is the difference between t5 and t0.
基于上述方案,通过在MAC CE中携带delay timer,使得在正确译码MAC CE的时间与初传调度的时间不一致的情况下,UE依然能够及时上报BSR,避免了传输时延,以及资源的浪费。Based on the above solution, by carrying the delay timer in the MAC CE, when the time of correctly decoding the MAC CE is inconsistent with the initial transmission scheduling time, the UE can still report the BSR in time, avoiding transmission delay and waste of resources. .
综上,图6的(a)是基站通过MAC CE指示UE触发BSR上报,图6的(b)至(e)所示的MAC CE则是在图6的(a)所示的MAC CE基础上的进一步改进。应理解,图6的(b)至(d)是并列关系,即基站通过MAC CE指示UE触发BSR上报指定的一个或多个LCG对应的上行缓存数据量,图6的(e)则是基站通过MAC CE指示UE触发BSR上报的具体时刻。To sum up, Figure 6 (a) is the base station instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting through MAC CE. The MAC CE shown in Figure 6 (b) to (e) is based on the MAC CE shown in Figure 6 (a). further improvements. It should be understood that (b) to (d) of Figure 6 are parallel relationships, that is, the base station instructs the UE through MAC CE to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to one or more designated LCGs, and (e) of Figure 6 is the base station Use MAC CE to indicate the specific moment when the UE triggers BSR reporting.
应理解,图6的(e)所示的MAC CE也可以分别与图6的(b)至(d)所示的MAC CE组合使用。也就是说,基站还可以通过MAC CE指示UE在何时触发BSR上报一个或多个LCG对应的上行缓存数据量,具体实现方式可参考上文,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the MAC CE shown in (e) of Figure 6 can also be used in combination with the MAC CE shown in (b) to (d) of Figure 6 respectively. In other words, the base station can also use the MAC CE to instruct the UE when to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to one or more LCGs. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the above and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,上述提供的MAC CE实现方式仅是示例性说明,本申请对此不做具体限定。例如,基站通过MAC CE触发BSR上报的LCGi的数量可以是m个,m为大于或等于1,且小于或等于最大可配置的LCG的数量的整数,例如8。It should be noted that the MAC CE implementation provided above is only an exemplary description, and this application does not specifically limit it. For example, the number of LCGis that the base station triggers to report to the BSR through the MAC CE can be m, where m is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the maximum configurable number of LCGs, such as 8.
S520,基站为UE分配上行资源。S520: The base station allocates uplink resources to the UE.
示例性地,该上行资源为物理层资源,例如PUSCH资源。基站通过DCI信令为UE分配PUSCH资源。Illustratively, the uplink resources are physical layer resources, such as PUSCH resources. The base station allocates PUSCH resources to the UE through DCI signaling.
示例性地,UE接收来自基站的第二消息,第二消息用于指示基站为UE分配的上行传输资源,该上行传输资源用于承载BSR MAC CE。Exemplarily, the UE receives a second message from the base station, and the second message is used to indicate the uplink transmission resources allocated by the base station to the UE, and the uplink transmission resources are used to carry the BSR MAC CE.
应理解,如果在触发BSR时有上行资源,则UE可以在该上行资源上报BSR。如果在触发BSR时没有上行资源,则UE可以将触发的BSR挂起(pending),等待向基站申请到上行资源后,在申请的上行资源上报BSR。例如,UE向基站发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR),用于请求用于上报BSR的上行资源,基站基于SR为UE配置上行资源。It should be understood that if there are uplink resources when BSR is triggered, the UE can report BSR on the uplink resources. If there are no uplink resources when the BSR is triggered, the UE can suspend the triggered BSR, wait for the uplink resources to be applied to the base station, and then report the BSR on the applied uplink resources. For example, the UE sends a scheduling request (SR) to the base station to request uplink resources for reporting BSR, and the base station configures uplink resources for the UE based on the SR.
一种可能的实现方式,基站通过动态调度的方式为UE配置上行资源。One possible implementation method is that the base station configures uplink resources for the UE through dynamic scheduling.
示例性地,基站可以通过DCI为UE调度PUSCH资源,UE可以在该PUSCH资源上传输上行数据。For example, the base station may schedule PUSCH resources for the UE through DCI, and the UE may transmit uplink data on the PUSCH resources.
另一种可能的实现方式,基站通过半静态调度的方式为UE配置上行资源。Another possible implementation manner is that the base station configures uplink resources for the UE through semi-static scheduling.
示例性地,基站可以通过RRC信令为UE配置调度周期、时频域调度资源、HARQ等参数,UE可以在该配置授权中传输上行数据;或者,基站也可以先通过RRC信令为UE 配置调度周期、HARQ等参数,再通过DCI来激活该配置授权的传输。For example, the base station can configure the scheduling cycle, time-frequency domain scheduling resources, HARQ and other parameters for the UE through RRC signaling, and the UE can transmit uplink data in the configuration authorization; or, the base station can also first configure the UE through RRC signaling. Configure the scheduling cycle, HARQ and other parameters, and then activate the transmission of the configuration authorization through DCI.
S530,UE在分配的上行资源上向基站发送BSR MAC CE。S530, the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station on the allocated uplink resources.
对应的,基站接收来自UE的BSR MAC CE。Correspondingly, the base station receives the BSR MAC CE from the UE.
其中,BSR MAC CE用于指示UE的至少一个LCG的上行缓存数据量。Among them, BSR MAC CE is used to indicate the amount of uplink buffered data of at least one LCG of the UE.
需要说明的是,在发送BSR MAC CE之前,UE需要根据当前LCG的缓存区的待传输数据量确定BSR中携带的上行缓存数据大小(buffer size),即生成BSR。It should be noted that before sending the BSR MAC CE, the UE needs to determine the uplink buffer data size (buffer size) carried in the BSR based on the amount of data to be transmitted in the current LCG buffer area, that is, generate a BSR.
一种可能的实现方式,UE在满足第一条件的情况下向基站发送BSR MAC CE。A possible implementation method is that the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station when the first condition is met.
其中,第一条件为上行传输资源用于初传;上行传输资源能够容纳BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及BSR MAC CE由第一消息(例如MAC CE)触发。Among them, the first condition is that the uplink transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the uplink transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message (such as MAC CE).
应理解,BSR是以LCG粒度进行上报的,即UE将属于同一个LCG的至少一个LCH上待传输的上行数据的数据量累加起来,生成一个LCG的BSR进行上报。基站在配置逻辑信道时,会为每个LCH指定所属的LCG。进一步地,UE可以被配置多个LCG,因此UE上报的BSR可以包含一个或多个LCG的上行缓存大小。It should be understood that the BSR is reported at LCG granularity, that is, the UE accumulates the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on at least one LCH belonging to the same LCG, and generates a BSR of the LCG for reporting. When the base station configures the logical channel, it will specify the LCG to which each LCH belongs. Further, the UE may be configured with multiple LCGs, so the BSR reported by the UE may include the uplink cache size of one or more LCGs.
示例性地,如果UE有多于一个LCG的缓存区有待传输数据时,则上报长BSR,反之上报短BSR。For example, if the UE has more than one LCG buffer area to transmit data, the long BSR is reported, and otherwise the short BSR is reported.
可选地,针对上述涉及的用于触发BSR的MAC CE,可以以逻辑信道LCH为粒度,为每个逻辑信道向基站申请用于传输上行数据的上行资源。Optionally, for the above-mentioned MAC CE used to trigger BSR, the logical channel LCH can be used as the granularity, and uplink resources for transmitting uplink data can be applied to the base station for each logical channel.
在该实现方式中,基站通过MAC CE主动触发UE上报BSR,例如在UE要上传XR数据帧的时刻,通过发送信令的方式触发UE上报BSR,使能BSR随着XR数据帧的传输而及时上报。In this implementation, the base station actively triggers the UE to report the BSR through the MAC CE. For example, when the UE wants to upload an XR data frame, it triggers the UE to report the BSR by sending signaling, enabling the BSR to be implemented in time with the transmission of the XR data frame. Report.
应理解,本申请同样适用于SL场景。接下来以SL场景下,XR视频业务中UE1和UE2之间的交互为例,结合图8详细说明UE1和UE2之间触发BSR上报的方式。应理解,UE1和UE2通过SL PC5接口进行通信,UE1通过Uu接口和基站通信,该PC5的通信需要基站进行资源分配。此时,UE1为了向UE2进行通信,需要向基站上报UE1的BSR,该BSR用于指示UE1有多少数据需要发送给UE2,以使能基站为UE1调度PC5资源。当无基站参与的UE间通信时,该实现方式中的UE1可以理解为上述方法500中基站角色,UE2可以理解为上述方法500中UE角色。It should be understood that this application is also applicable to SL scenarios. Next, taking the interaction between UE1 and UE2 in the XR video service in the SL scenario as an example, the method of triggering BSR reporting between UE1 and UE2 is explained in detail with reference to Figure 8. It should be understood that UE1 and UE2 communicate through the SL PC5 interface, and UE1 communicates with the base station through the Uu interface. The PC5 communication requires resource allocation by the base station. At this time, in order to communicate with UE2, UE1 needs to report UE1's BSR to the base station. The BSR is used to indicate how much data UE1 needs to send to UE2 to enable the base station to schedule PC5 resources for UE1. When there is communication between UEs without the participation of a base station, UE1 in this implementation can be understood as the base station role in the above method 500, and UE2 can be understood as the UE role in the above method 500.
图8是本申请实施例提供的第三种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法的800的流程示意图。如图8所示,该方法具体包括如下多个步骤。Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of the third cache status report BSR indication method 800 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the method specifically includes the following steps.
S810,基站向UE1发送MAC CE(即第一消息)。S810, the base station sends MAC CE (ie, the first message) to UE1.
对应的,UE1接收来自基站的MAC CE。Correspondingly, UE1 receives the MAC CE from the base station.
其中,该MAC CE用于指示UE1触发BSR#上报,BSR#用于指示UE1有多少数据需要发送给UE2。Among them, the MAC CE is used to instruct UE1 to trigger BSR# reporting, and BSR# is used to indicate how much data UE1 needs to send to UE2.
具体地,基站可以通过MAC CE的不同格式的设计来指示UE1触发BSR#上报。Specifically, the base station can instruct UE1 to trigger BSR# reporting through the design of different formats of MAC CE.
S820,基站为UE1分配上行资源。S820: The base station allocates uplink resources to UE1.
示例性地,该上行资源为物理层资源,例如PUSCH资源。例如,基站通过DCI信令为UE1分配PUSCH资源。Illustratively, the uplink resources are physical layer resources, such as PUSCH resources. For example, the base station allocates PUSCH resources to UEl through DCI signaling.
一种可能的实现方式,基站通过动态调度的方式为UE1配置上行资源。 One possible implementation method is that the base station configures uplink resources for UE1 through dynamic scheduling.
另一种可能的实现方式,基站通过半静态调度的方式为UE1配置上行资源。Another possible implementation method is that the base station configures uplink resources for UE1 through semi-static scheduling.
S830,UE1在分配的上行资源上向基站发送BSR#MAC CE。S830, UE1 sends BSR#MAC CE to the base station on the allocated uplink resources.
对应的,基站接收来自UE1的BSR#MAC CE。Correspondingly, the base station receives the BSR#MAC CE from UE1.
S840,基站为UE1分配侧行链路传输资源。S840: The base station allocates sidelink transmission resources to UE1.
示例性地,该侧行链路传输资源为物理层资源,例如PSSCH资源。例如,基站通过DCI信令为UE1分配PSSCH资源。Illustratively, the sidelink transmission resources are physical layer resources, such as PSSCH resources. For example, the base station allocates PSSCH resources to UEl through DCI signaling.
示例性地,UE1接收来自基站的消息#1,消息#1用于指示基站为UE1分配的侧行链路传输资源,如PSSCH,该侧行链路传输资源用于承载UE1向UE2传输的数据。Exemplarily, UE1 receives message #1 from the base station. Message #1 is used to indicate the sidelink transmission resources allocated by the base station to UE1, such as PSSCH. The sidelink transmission resources are used to carry data transmitted by UE1 to UE2. .
一种可能的实现方式,基站通过动态调度的方式,如通过DCI格式3_0或DCI格式3_1为UE1配置侧行链路传输资源。One possible implementation method is that the base station configures sidelink transmission resources for UE1 through dynamic scheduling, such as through DCI format 3_0 or DCI format 3_1.
另一种可能的实现方式,基站通过半静态调度的方式为UE1配置侧行链路传输资源。In another possible implementation manner, the base station configures sidelink transmission resources for UE1 through semi-static scheduling.
S850,UE1在分配的侧行链路传输资源上向UE2发送数据。S850: UE1 sends data to UE2 on the allocated sidelink transmission resources.
对应的,UE2接收来自UE1的数据。Correspondingly, UE2 receives data from UE1.
在该实现方式中,基站通过MAC CE主动触发UE1上报BSR#,例如在UE1要上传XR数据帧给UE2的时刻,通过发送信令的方式触发UE1上报BSR#,使能BSR#随着XR数据帧的传输而及时上报。In this implementation, the base station actively triggers UE1 to report BSR# through MAC CE. For example, when UE1 wants to upload an XR data frame to UE2, it triggers UE1 to report BSR# by sending signaling, and enables BSR# to follow the XR data. Frame transmission and timely reporting.
需要说明的是,上述步骤S810-S830的具体实现方式可参考上述方法500中步骤S510-S530,为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。It should be noted that the specific implementation of the above-mentioned steps S810-S830 may refer to the steps S510-S530 in the above-mentioned method 500. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
接下来,以蜂窝上行传输场景下,XR视频业务中基站和UE之间的交互为例,结合图9详细说明另一种基站主动触发UE上报BSR的方式。与图5所示的方法不同之处在于,该实现方式是基站通过DCI指示UE触发BSR上报。Next, taking the interaction between the base station and the UE in the XR video service in the cellular uplink transmission scenario as an example, another way for the base station to actively trigger the UE to report BSR will be described in detail with reference to Figure 9. The difference from the method shown in Figure 5 is that this implementation is that the base station instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI.
图9是本申请实施例提供的第四种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法的900的流程示意图。如图9所示,该方法具体包括如下多个步骤。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of the fourth cache status report BSR indication method 900 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method specifically includes the following steps.
S910,基站向UE发送DCI(即,第一消息)。S910: The base station sends DCI (ie, the first message) to the UE.
对应的,UE接收来自基站的DCI。Correspondingly, the UE receives DCI from the base station.
其中,该DCI用于指示UE触发BSR上报,BSR用于指示UE的至少一个LCG的上行缓存数据量。The DCI is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting, and the BSR is used to indicate the amount of uplink buffered data of at least one LCG of the UE.
进一步地,若该DCI为上行调度DCI(如DCI格式0_0,DCI格式0_1或DCI格式0_2),该DCI还用于指示上行传输资源,例如PUSCH资源。Further, if the DCI is an uplink scheduled DCI (such as DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1 or DCI format 0_2), the DCI is also used to indicate uplink transmission resources, such as PUSCH resources.
可选地,指示上行传输资源的承载的控制信息DCI与指示UE触发BSR上报的承载的控制信息DCI可以相同,也可以不同。也就是说,上行传输资源可以单独发送,本申请对此不作具体限定。可选地,该实现方式该可以包括如下步骤:Optionally, the control information DCI indicating the bearer of the uplink transmission resource and the control information DCI indicating the bearer that the UE triggers BSR reporting may be the same or different. In other words, the uplink transmission resources can be sent separately, which is not specifically limited in this application. Optionally, this implementation may include the following steps:
S911,基站为UE分配上行传输资源。S911. The base station allocates uplink transmission resources to the UE.
示例性地,该上行资源为物理层资源,例如PUSCH资源。基站通过DCI信令为UE分配PUSCH资源。Illustratively, the uplink resources are physical layer resources, such as PUSCH resources. The base station allocates PUSCH resources to the UE through DCI signaling.
其中,具体的实现方式可参考上述方法500的步骤S520,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。For specific implementation methods, reference may be made to step S520 of the above-mentioned method 500. For the sake of brevity, details will not be described again here.
一种可能的实现方式,基站可以在传统DCI格式中添加1比特字段,用于指示UE触发BSR。其中,当该字段比特为‘1’时,用于指示UE触发BSR上报;或者,当该字段比特为‘0’时,用于指示UE不触发BSR上报。 As a possible implementation, the base station can add a 1-bit field to the traditional DCI format to instruct the UE to trigger BSR. When the bit in this field is '1', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting; or when the bit in this field is '0', it is used to instruct the UE not to trigger BSR reporting.
需要说明的是,当该字段比特为‘0’时,UE不触发BSR,但是UE仍可以因为上述其他条件触发BSR。示例性地,当满足传统BSR触发机制中的常规BSR触发条件(例如,某个LCG有新数据到达,且该LCG的优先级高于其他有待传输数据的LCG的优先级,或者无LCG的buffer有待传数据)时,UE仍然可以向基站上报BSR。It should be noted that when the bit in this field is '0', the UE does not trigger BSR, but the UE can still trigger BSR due to the other conditions mentioned above. For example, when the conventional BSR triggering conditions in the traditional BSR triggering mechanism are met (for example, a certain LCG has new data arriving, and the priority of this LCG is higher than the priority of other LCGs to be transmitted, or there is no LCG buffer When there is data to be transmitted), the UE can still report the BSR to the base station.
可选地,该DCI格式可以是用于指示上行传输的DCI格式0_0,DCI格式0_1,DCI格式0_2,或者,该DCI格式也可以是用于指示下行传输的DCI格式1_0,DCI格式1_1,DCI格式1_2。Optionally, the DCI format may be DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 0_2 used to indicate uplink transmission, or the DCI format may also be DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, DCI used to indicate downlink transmission. Format 1_2.
作为示例而非限定,当接收到用于指示触发BSR的DCI后,UE将在下一次可以上报BSR的传输时刻上报BSR。一种示例,当指示触发BSR的DCI为上行调度DCI时(例如DCI格式0_0,或DCI格式0_1,或DCI格式0_2),UE可以在该DCI所调度的上行资源上报BSR。另一种示例,当指示触发BSR的DCI为下行调度DCI时,基站还需要为UE分配上行资源。对应的,UE在分配的上行资源上报BSR。即通过下行DCI触发BSR的方式可以参考上述方法500,与上述方法500不同之处在于,该实现方式是基站通过上行调度DCI触发BSR上报的,而并非通过MAC CE触发UE上报BSR。As an example and not a limitation, after receiving the DCI indicating to trigger the BSR, the UE will report the BSR at the next transmission time when the BSR can be reported. As an example, when the DCI indicating triggering BSR is an uplink scheduled DCI (for example, DCI format 0_0, or DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2), the UE can report the BSR on the uplink resource scheduled by the DCI. In another example, when the DCI indicating triggering BSR is downlink scheduling DCI, the base station also needs to allocate uplink resources to the UE. Correspondingly, the UE reports the BSR on the allocated uplink resources. That is, the method of triggering BSR through downlink DCI can refer to the above method 500. The difference from the above method 500 is that this implementation method is that the base station triggers BSR reporting through uplink scheduling DCI, rather than triggering the UE to report BSR through MAC CE.
进一步地,基站可以通过DCI指示UE触发某一个LCG的BSR上报。Further, the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through DCI.
一种可能的实现方式,由于每个UE最多可以被分配8个LCG,例如LCG0~LCG7,即基站可以通过3比特字段来指示这8个LCG,例如000~111。One possible implementation is that since each UE can be allocated up to 8 LCGs, such as LCG0 to LCG7, the base station can indicate these 8 LCGs through a 3-bit field, such as 000 to 111.
示例性地,当该字段比特为‘011’时,用于指示UE触发一次BSR上报,且该BSR包含LCG3的缓存区的上行数据大小。或者,当该字段比特为‘101’时,用于指示UE触发一次BSR上报,且该BSR包含LCG5的缓存区的上行数据大小等。For example, when this field bit is '011', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report, and the BSR contains the uplink data size of the buffer area of LCG3. Or, when this field bit is '101', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report, and the BSR includes the uplink data size of the LCG5 buffer area, etc.
另一种可能的实现方式,由于XR视频业务所对应的LCG是基站通过RRC信令为UE半静态配置的,因此可以通过RRC信令和DCI联合指示的方式,触发UE上报某一个LCG的BSR。具体地,基站可以通过RRC信令为UE配置需要上报BSR的LCG号,例如XR视频业务所对应的LCG ID。当配置完成后,基站可以通过DCI指示UE触发BSR的上报,此时DCI可以仅添加1比特字段,用于指示触发BSR上报。其中,当该字段比特为‘1’时,用于指示UE触发一次BSR上报;或者,当该字段比特为‘0’时,用于指示UE不触发BSR上报。Another possible implementation method is that since the LCG corresponding to the XR video service is semi-statically configured by the base station for the UE through RRC signaling, the UE can be triggered to report the BSR of a certain LCG through RRC signaling and DCI joint indication. . Specifically, the base station can configure the LCG number for the UE that needs to report the BSR through RRC signaling, such as the LCG ID corresponding to the XR video service. After the configuration is completed, the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI. At this time, the DCI can only add a 1-bit field to indicate triggering BSR reporting. When the bit in this field is '1', it is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report; or when the bit in this field is '0', it is used to instruct the UE not to trigger a BSR report.
示例性地,基站通过RRC信令为UE半静态配置需要上报BSR的LCG号为2,然后基站在某个时刻(例如,UE要上传XR数据帧的时刻)通过该字段比特‘1’指示UE触发一次BSR上报,则该BSR包括LCG2对应的上行缓存数据大小。For example, the base station semi-statically configures the LCG number that needs to report the BSR to 2 for the UE through RRC signaling, and then the base station indicates to the UE at a certain moment (for example, the moment when the UE wants to upload the XR data frame) through the field bit '1' When a BSR report is triggered, the BSR includes the uplink cache data size corresponding to LCG2.
需要说明的是,基站通过半静态配置需要上报BSR的LCG号可以参考上述方法500。为了简洁,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that if the base station needs to report the LCG number of the BSR through semi-static configuration, please refer to the above method 500. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
进一步地,基站还可以通过DCI指示UE触发BSR上报的具体时刻。Further, the base station can also instruct the UE through DCI the specific time to trigger BSR reporting.
一种可能的实现方式,基站可以在传统DCI格式中添加比特字段,用于指示UE触发BSR的时刻。例如3比特字段,取值从‘000’至‘111’。As a possible implementation, the base station can add a bit field to the traditional DCI format to indicate the moment when the UE triggers BSR. For example, a 3-bit field has values from ‘000’ to ‘111’.
示例性地,当该字段比特取值为‘000’时,用于指示UE不触发BSR上报;或者,当该字段比特取值为‘010’时,用于指示触发BSR上报,且触发时间晚于接收该DCI的2时隙,或2毫秒等。For example, when the bit value of this field is '000', it is used to indicate that the UE does not trigger BSR reporting; or when the bit value of this field is '010', it is used to indicate that BSR reporting is triggered and the triggering time is late. 2 time slots, or 2 milliseconds, etc. in receiving the DCI.
需要说明的是,对于上述DCI指示UE触发BSR的上报某个LCG的情况,UE在接 收到该DCI前,或UE在接收到该DCI后至发送BSR前,若UE由于其他途径触发了BSR上报,那么该UE仍然正常上报BSR,当有多个LCG的上行缓存数据大小需要被上报时,UE上报长BSR。反之则上报短BSR。It should be noted that for the above situation where the DCI instructs the UE to trigger the BSR to report an LCG, the UE will Before receiving the DCI, or after the UE receives the DCI and before sending the BSR, if the UE triggers the BSR report due to other ways, the UE still reports the BSR normally. When there are multiple LCG uplink cache data sizes that need to be reported When, the UE reports the long BSR. Otherwise, a short BSR is reported.
另一种可能的实现方式,基站可以在传统DCI格式中额外添加比特字段#2,用于指示UE触发BSR的时刻。应理解,该比特字段#2是独立于指示触发某一个LCG的BSR上报的比特字段#1。In another possible implementation, the base station can add an additional bit field #2 to the traditional DCI format to indicate the time when the UE triggers BSR. It should be understood that this bit field #2 is independent of the bit field #1 that indicates triggering the BSR reporting of a certain LCG.
示例性地,DCI中包括比特字段#1和比特字段#2,比特字段#1用于指示是否触发BSR上报,或者指示UE触发某一LCG的BSR上报,比特字段#2用于指示BSR上报时刻。例如,当比特字段#1为‘1’,且比特字段#2为‘010’时,则UE需要触发一次BSR上报,且触发时间晚于接收该DCI的2ms;或者,当比特字段#1为‘010’,且比特字段#2为‘100’时,则UE需要触发一次BSR上报,该BSR包含LCG2的缓存区的上行数据大小,且触发时间晚于接收该DCI的4slot等。应理解,上述时间单元可以是毫秒或时隙,也可以是其他时间单元,本申请对此不做限制。For example, the DCI includes bit field #1 and bit field #2. Bit field #1 is used to indicate whether to trigger BSR reporting, or to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG. Bit field #2 is used to indicate the BSR reporting time. . For example, when bit field #1 is '1' and bit field #2 is '010', the UE needs to trigger a BSR report, and the triggering time is later than 2ms after receiving the DCI; or, when bit field #1 is '010', and bit field #2 is '100', the UE needs to trigger a BSR report. The BSR contains the uplink data size of the buffer area of LCG2, and the triggering time is later than 4 slots of receiving the DCI, etc. It should be understood that the above time unit may be milliseconds, time slots, or other time units, and this application does not limit this.
综上所述,上述分别提供了基站通过DCI指示UE触发BSR上报,通过DCI指示UE触发某一个LCG的BSR上报,以及通过DCI指示UE触发BSR上报的具体时刻等实现方式。上述多种实现方式可以单独使用,也可以组合使用,本申请对此不作具体限定。To sum up, the above methods respectively provide implementation methods such as the base station instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting through DCI, instructing the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through DCI, and instructing the UE to trigger the BSR reporting through DCI at the specific time. The above-mentioned multiple implementation methods can be used individually or in combination, and this application does not specifically limit this.
需要说明的是,上述基站通过DCI指示UE触发BSR的上报时刻,以及通过DCI指示UE触发某一个LCG的BSR上报,可以配合使用,组成新的实现方式。也就是说,基站还可以通过一个或多个DCI指示UE在何时触发BSR上报某一个LCG对应的上行缓存数据量,具体实现方式可参考上文,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the above base station instructs the UE to trigger the BSR reporting time through DCI, and instructs the UE to trigger the BSR reporting of a certain LCG through DCI, can be used together to form a new implementation. That is to say, the base station can also instruct the UE through one or more DCIs when to trigger the BSR to report the amount of uplink buffered data corresponding to a certain LCG. For specific implementation methods, please refer to the above. For the sake of brevity, details will not be described here.
S920,UE在PUSCH资源上向基站发送BSR MAC CE。S920, the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station on the PUSCH resource.
对应的,基站接收来自UE的BSR MAC CE。Correspondingly, the base station receives the BSR MAC CE from the UE.
需要说明的是,在发送BSR MAC CE之前,UE需要根据当前LCG的缓存区的待传输数据量确定BSR中携带的上行缓存数据大小,即生成BSR。It should be noted that before sending the BSR MAC CE, the UE needs to determine the size of the uplink cache data carried in the BSR based on the amount of data to be transmitted in the current LCG buffer area, that is, generate a BSR.
一种可能的实现方式,UE在满足第一条件的情况下向基站发送BSR MAC CE。A possible implementation method is that the UE sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station when the first condition is met.
其中,第一条件为上行传输资源用于初传;上行传输资源能够容纳BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及BSR MAC CE由第一消息(例如DCI)触发。Among them, the first condition is that the uplink transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the uplink transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and the BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message (such as DCI).
应理解,UE将属于同一个LCG的至少一个LCH上待传输的上行数据的数据量累加起来,生成一个LCG的BSR进行上报。即BSR是以LCG为粒度上报的。It should be understood that the UE accumulates the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted on at least one LCH belonging to the same LCG, and generates a BSR of the LCG for reporting. That is, BSR is reported with LCG as the granularity.
进一步地,UE可以被配置多个LCG,因此UE上报的BSR可以包含一个或多个LCG的上行缓存大小。示例性地,如果UE有多于一个LCG的缓存区有待传输数据时,则上报长BSR,反之上报短BSR。Further, the UE may be configured with multiple LCGs, so the BSR reported by the UE may include the uplink cache size of one or more LCGs. For example, if the UE has more than one LCG buffer area to transmit data, the long BSR is reported, and otherwise the short BSR is reported.
应理解,上述实现方式同样适用于SL场景下UE1和UE2之间触发BSR上报具体可参考上述图8,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the above implementation method is also applicable to triggering BSR reporting between UE1 and UE2 in the SL scenario. For details, please refer to the above Figure 8, which will not be described again here.
在该实现方式中,基站通过DCI主动触发UE上报BSR,例如在UE要上传XR数据帧的时刻,通过发送信令的方式触发UE上报BSR,使能BSR随着XR数据帧的传输而及时上报。In this implementation, the base station actively triggers the UE to report the BSR through DCI. For example, when the UE wants to upload an XR data frame, it triggers the UE to report the BSR by sending signaling, enabling the BSR to be reported in time with the transmission of the XR data frame. .
应理解,上述方法500、800和900是基站通过MAC CE信令或DCI信令主动触发 UE上报BSR。接下来,以XR视频业务中基站和UE之间的交互为例,结合图10详细说明本申请提供的基站通过RRC信令半静态触发UE周期上报BSR。It should be understood that the above methods 500, 800 and 900 are actively triggered by the base station through MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling. The UE reports the BSR. Next, taking the interaction between the base station and the UE in the XR video service as an example, the base station provided by this application semi-statically triggers the UE to periodically report BSR through RRC signaling with reference to Figure 10.
图10是本申请实施例提供的第一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法1000的流程示意图。在该实现方式中,基站基于传统的periodicBSR上报的触发方式,通过RRC信令为UE修改周期BSR的触发方式。如图10所示,该方法具体包括如下多个步骤。Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of the first cache status report BSR triggering method 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this implementation, the base station modifies the triggering method of periodic BSR for the UE through RRC signaling based on the traditional triggering method of periodic BSR reporting. As shown in Figure 10, the method specifically includes the following steps.
S1010,基站向UE发送配置信息#1(即,第二配置信息)。S1010: The base station sends configuration information #1 (ie, second configuration information) to the UE.
对应的,UE接收来自基站的配置信息#1。Correspondingly, the UE receives configuration information #1 from the base station.
其中,该配置信息#1用于配置第一定时器和第一信令,第一信令用于指示UE触发BSR的上报。The configuration information #1 is used to configure the first timer and the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting.
一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息包括指示信息#A,该指示信息#A用于指示第二条件,即上行传输资源用于初传;上行传输资源能够容纳UE上报的BSR MAC CE以及与BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及第一信令为第一值。其中,上行传输资源为基站为UE分配的传输资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information includes indication information #A, which is used to indicate the second condition, that is, the uplink transmission resources are used for initial transmission; the uplink transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE reported by the UE and the The MAC sub-header corresponding to BSR MAC CE; and the first signaling is the first value. The uplink transmission resources are transmission resources allocated by the base station to the UE.
也就是说,UE根据第二条件可以确定传统的periodicBSR-Timer是否会随着每次UE上报BSR而重启(或刷新)。That is to say, the UE can determine whether the traditional periodicBSR-Timer will be restarted (or refreshed) every time the UE reports the BSR based on the second condition.
示例性地,该配置信息#1可以是RRC配置信令,例如BSR-config信令。该指示信息#A是periodicBSRrefresh-r18信令(即,第一信令)。其中,该periodicBSRrefresh-r18信令可以包含2个值:enabled和disabled(即,第一值)。例如,基站可以在BSR-config信令(配置信息#1)中添加periodicBSRrefresh-r18信令(第一信令),具体的配置方式可以参考如下所示:
For example, the configuration information #1 may be RRC configuration signaling, such as BSR-config signaling. This indication information #A is periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling (ie, first signaling). Among them, the periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling may contain two values: enabled and disabled (ie, the first value). For example, the base station can add periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling (first signaling) to BSR-config signaling (configuration information #1). The specific configuration method can be as follows:
具体地,当periodicBSRrefresh-r18=enabled时,指示periodicBSR-Timer将按照传统的触发方式进行触发(例如,启动或重启),即periodicBSR-Timer的重启取决于该第一定时器的超时时刻,或者取决于UE是否上报BSR。也就是说,当periodicBSR-Timer超时时,或者当UE上报BSR时,periodicBSR-Timer重启。当periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled时,指示periodicBSR-Timer的触发取决于该第一定时器的超时时刻,而不取决于UE是否上 报BSR。也就是说,当periodicBSR-Timer超时时,UE触发BSR的上报,并重启periodicBSR-Timer。Specifically, when periodicBSRrefresh-r18=enabled, it indicates that periodicBSR-Timer will be triggered according to the traditional triggering method (for example, starting or restarting), that is, the restart of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout moment of the first timer, or depends on Whether the UE reports BSR. That is to say, when the periodicBSR-Timer times out, or when the UE reports the BSR, the periodicBSR-Timer is restarted. When periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled, it indicates that the triggering of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout moment of the first timer and does not depend on whether the UE is online. Report BSR. That is to say, when the periodicBSR-Timer times out, the UE triggers BSR reporting and restarts the periodicBSR-Timer.
可选地,上述periodicBSRrefresh-r18信令的具体配置中也可以包含enabled一个值,此时disabled可以默认为该配置参数periodicBSRrefresh-r18不被配置。示例性地,这里可以把periodicBSRrefresh-r18替换为:例如ForbitperiodicBSRtrigger-r18,表明当该值为enabled时,periodicBSR-Timer不会因上报BSR而重置。Optionally, the specific configuration of the above periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling can also include a value of enabled. In this case, disabled can default to the configuration parameter periodicBSRrefresh-r18 being not configured. For example, periodicBSRrefresh-r18 can be replaced here with: ForbitperiodicBSRtrigger-r18, for example, indicating that when the value is enabled, periodicBSR-Timer will not be reset due to BSR reporting.
应理解,在该实现方式中,periodicBSR-Timer与XR数据帧的传输周期需保持同步,即保证periodicBSR-Timer的开启或重启与新的XR数据帧的传输时刻是同时的。也就是说,在某一周期内传输数据帧1的过程中,无论是否因为其他触发条件(例如,参见传统的触发机制)而上报BSR,periodicBSR-Timer都不会被重启。It should be understood that in this implementation, the periodicBSR-Timer and the transmission period of the XR data frame need to be synchronized, that is, it is ensured that the opening or restarting of the periodicBSR-Timer is at the same time as the transmission time of the new XR data frame. That is to say, during the transmission of data frame 1 within a certain period, periodicBSR-Timer will not be restarted regardless of whether the BSR is reported due to other trigger conditions (for example, see the traditional trigger mechanism).
进一步地,基站可以通过配置信息#1指示UE触发某个LCG的BSR上报。Further, the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #1.
一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息#1包括指示信息#B,该指示信息#B用于指示UE触发的BSR所对应的LCG。例如,通过指示信息#B指示LCG的标识信息(例如,LCG ID或LCG号)。In a possible implementation manner, the configuration information #1 includes indication information #B, and the indication information #B is used to indicate the LCG corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE. For example, the identification information of the LCG (for example, LCG ID or LCG number) is indicated through indication information #B.
示例性地,配置信息#1是BSR-config信令,该指示信息#B是periodicBSRrefresh-r18信令(即,第二信令)。例如,基站在BSR-config信令中引入一个periodicBSR-LCG-r18信令,用于指示UE触发的BSR所对应的LCG为LCG3。For example, the configuration information #1 is BSR-config signaling, and the indication information #B is periodicBSRrefresh-r18 signaling (ie, the second signaling). For example, the base station introduces periodicBSR-LCG-r18 signaling into the BSR-config signaling to indicate that the LCG corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE is LCG3.
示例性地,配置信息#1是BSR-config信令,该指示信息#B是periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18信令。例如,基站在BSR-config信令中引入一个periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18信令,用于指示UE触发的BSR所对应的LCG为LCG3和LCG7。For example, the configuration information #1 is BSR-config signaling, and the indication information #B is periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18 signaling. For example, the base station introduces a periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18 signaling into the BSR-config signaling to indicate that the LCGs corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE are LCG3 and LCG7.
需要说明的是,指示信息#B所指示的LCG可以是显式指示,例如,指示信息#B中携带LCG ID或LCG号。若该指示信息#B中携带LCG3,表示UE上报的BSR包含LCG3的缓存数据量。若该指示信息#B中携带比特LCG5和LCG6,表示UE上报的BSR包含LCG5和LCG6的缓存数据量。或者,指示信息#B所指示的LCG也可以是隐式指示,例如,通过3比特字段指示LCG。若该指示信息#B中携带比特“010”,表示UE上报的BSR包含LCG2的缓存数据量。若该指示信息#B中携带比特“100”和“111”,表示UE上报的BSR包含LCG4和LCG7的缓存数据量。本申请对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the LCG indicated by the indication information #B may be an explicit indication. For example, the indication information #B carries the LCG ID or LCG number. If the indication information #B carries LCG3, it means that the BSR reported by the UE contains the buffered data amount of LCG3. If the indication information #B carries bits LCG5 and LCG6, it means that the BSR reported by the UE contains the buffered data amount of LCG5 and LCG6. Alternatively, the LCG indicated by the indication information #B may also be an implicit indication, for example, the LCG is indicated through a 3-bit field. If the indication information #B carries bit "010", it indicates that the BSR reported by the UE includes the buffered data amount of LCG2. If the indication information #B carries bits "100" and "111", it means that the BSR reported by the UE includes the buffered data amount of LCG4 and LCG7. This application does not specifically limit this.
因此,基于上述提供的实现方式,UE可以触发一个或多个指定LCG的BSR上报。Therefore, based on the implementation method provided above, the UE can trigger BSR reporting of one or more designated LCGs.
在该实现方式中,若仅当该periodicBSR-Timer超时触发了BSR,则UE可以上报periodicBSR-LCG-r18或periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18中所指示的LCG的缓存大小;若存在其他途径触发BSR上报(例如,高优先级逻辑信道出现新的传输数据),则可以按照传统BSR触发机制上报BSR。应理解,这两种上报BSR的方式不冲突,可以配合使用。In this implementation, if BSR is triggered only when the periodicBSR-Timer times out, the UE can report the cache size of the LCG indicated in periodicBSR-LCG-r18 or periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18; if there are other ways to trigger BSR reporting ( For example, if new transmission data appears on a high-priority logical channel), the BSR can be reported according to the traditional BSR triggering mechanism. It should be understood that these two methods of reporting BSR do not conflict and can be used together.
作为示例而非限定,上述基站通过配置信息#1指示UE触发某个LCG的BSR上报,以及通过配置信息#1指示UE触发某个LCG的BSR上报,可以配合使用,组成新的实现方式。As an example and not a limitation, the above base station instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #1, and instructs the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #1, which can be used together to form a new implementation.
一种可能的实现方式,基站可以通过RRC信令先配置periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled(即,指示信息#A),使得periodicBSR-Timer仅在超时时被重启;再通过periodicBSR-LCG-r18或periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18(即,指示信息#B)配置该periodicBSR触发的BSR上报所包含的一个或多个LCG,即使能UE周期性触发BSR的上报,进一步地,使能UE 周期性触发指定的一个或多个LCG的BSR上报。A possible implementation method is that the base station can first configure periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled (ie, indication information #A) through RRC signaling, so that periodicBSR-Timer is restarted only when it times out; and then through periodicBSR-LCG-r18 or periodicBSR- LCGlist-r18 (ie, indication information #B) configures one or more LCGs included in the BSR reporting triggered by the periodicBSR, that is, enabling the UE to periodically trigger BSR reporting, and further, enabling the UE to Periodically trigger BSR reporting of one or more specified LCGs.
另一种可能的实现方式,配置periodicBSR-LCG-r18或periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18同时支持periodicBSRrefresh-r18的功能。例如,当基站通过RRC信令配置periodicBSR-LCG-r18或periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18时,periodicBSR-Timer不会因为UE上报BSR而重启,即类似于隐式触发了periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled。Another possible implementation is to configure periodicBSR-LCG-r18 or periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18 to also support the function of periodicBSRrefresh-r18. For example, when the base station configures periodicBSR-LCG-r18 or periodicBSR-LCGlist-r18 through RRC signaling, periodicBSR-Timer will not restart because the UE reports the BSR, which is similar to implicitly triggering periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled.
S1020,在满足第二条件的情况下,UE启动或重启第一定时器,且向基站发送BSR MAC CE。S1020. When the second condition is met, the UE starts or restarts the first timer and sends the BSR MAC CE to the base station.
需要说明的是,当UE同时触发本申请提供的BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,根据所述常规BSR和/或所述周期BSR生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当UE同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,UE根据BSR生成BSR MAC CE。It should be noted that when the UE triggers the BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR provided by this application at the same time, the BSR MAC CE is generated according to the regular BSR and/or the periodic BSR; or, when the UE triggers the BSR at the same time, When BSR and filling BSR, UE generates BSR MAC CE based on BSR.
也就是说,常规BSR和周期BSR应该优先于填充BSR,本申请实施例中由MAC CE触发的BSR的优先级优先于填充BSR,但是低于常规BSR和/或周期BSR的优先级。That is to say, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of the present application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息#1包括指示信息#A。In a possible implementation, the configuration information #1 includes indication information #A.
示例性地,指示信息#A用于指示周期触发BSR的上报。其中,periodicBSR-Timer的重启取决于该第一定时器的超时时刻,不随着每次上报BSR而重启(或刷新)。则UE在接收到配置信息#1后,在每次上传新的XR数据帧的时候触发BSR上报,且重启periodicBSR-Timer。For example, the indication information #A is used to indicate that BSR reporting is triggered periodically. Among them, the restart of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the first timer, and does not restart (or refresh) with each BSR report. Then, after receiving configuration information #1, the UE triggers BSR reporting each time it uploads a new XR data frame, and restarts the periodicBSR-Timer.
具体地,以periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled为例,结合图11具体说明本申请实施例提供的第三种触发BSR的上报方式。如图11所示,以子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)为15kHz(每个时隙时长为1ms),时分双工TDD配置为4:1为例,假设XR数据帧的传输周期为15ms,且periodicBSR-Timer的周期和XR帧周期相同,以使能UE在每次上报XR帧的同时也可以上报BSR,并重启periodicBSR-Timer。Specifically, taking periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled as an example, the third reporting method for triggering BSR provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 11 . As shown in Figure 11, taking the subcarrier spacing (SCS) as 15kHz (each time slot is 1ms) and the time division duplex TDD configuration as 4:1 as an example, assuming that the transmission period of the XR data frame is 15ms, And the periodicBSR-Timer period is the same as the XR frame period, so that the UE can report the BSR and restart the periodicBSR-Timer each time it reports the XR frame.
示例性地,UE可以在U0向基站传输XR帧1,并上报BSR,同时开启或重启periodicBSR-Timer。根据上述XR帧的传输周期,XR帧2将在U4到达该逻辑信道,在U2由于其他原因(例如,高优先级逻辑信道出现新的待传输数据),UE可以根据传统触发条件再次上报BSR,但因为periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled,此时periodicBSR-Timer因为未超时不会被重置,而是持续计时,直至在U4时该periodicBSR-Timer超时。此时,XR帧1传输完成,XR帧2待传输。因此UE需要触发BSR,并在U4上报BSR以及向基站传输XR帧2,同时重启periodicBSR-Timer。For example, the UE can transmit XR frame 1 to the base station at U0, report the BSR, and at the same time enable or restart the periodicBSR-Timer. According to the transmission cycle of the above-mentioned XR frame, XR frame 2 will arrive at the logical channel at U4. Due to other reasons (for example, new data to be transmitted on the high-priority logical channel) at U2, the UE can report the BSR again according to traditional trigger conditions. However, because periodicBSRrefresh-r18=disabled, the periodicBSR-Timer will not be reset because it has not timed out, but will continue to count until the periodicBSR-Timer times out at U4. At this time, the transmission of XR frame 1 is completed and XR frame 2 is waiting to be transmitted. Therefore, the UE needs to trigger BSR, report BSR on U4 and transmit XR frame 2 to the base station, and restart periodicBSR-Timer at the same time.
另一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息#1包括指示信息#B。In another possible implementation, the configuration information #1 includes indication information #B.
示例性地,指示信息#B包括一个或多个LCG ID,例如LCG1和/或LCG5。其中,periodicBSR-Timer的重启取决于该第一定时器的超时时刻,不随着每次上报BSR而重启(或刷新)。则UE在接收到配置信息#1后,触发LCG1和/或LCG5的BSR上报。Exemplarily, the indication information #B includes one or more LCG IDs, such as LCG1 and/or LCG5. Among them, the restart of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the first timer, and does not restart (or refresh) with each BSR report. Then, after receiving configuration information #1, the UE triggers BSR reporting of LCG1 and/or LCG5.
又一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息#1包括指示信息#A和指示信息#B。In another possible implementation, the configuration information #1 includes indication information #A and indication information #B.
示例性地,指示信息#A用于指示UE周期触发BSR的上报,指示信息#B指示UE周期触发的BSR所对应的LCG为LCG3和LCG7。其中,periodicBSR-Timer的重启取决于该第一定时器的超时时刻,不随着每次上报BSR而重启(或刷新)。则UE在接收到配置信息#1后,触发LCG3和LCG7的BSR周期上报。For example, the indication information #A is used to instruct the UE to periodically trigger BSR reporting, and the indication information #B indicates that the LCGs corresponding to the UE's periodically triggered BSR are LCG3 and LCG7. Among them, the restart of periodicBSR-Timer depends on the timeout time of the first timer, and does not restart (or refresh) with each BSR report. Then, after receiving configuration information #1, the UE triggers BSR periodic reporting of LCG3 and LCG7.
应理解,上述实现方式同样适用于SL场景下UE1和UE2之间触发BSR上报具体可 参考上述图8,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the above implementation method is also applicable to triggering BSR reporting between UE1 and UE2 in the SL scenario. Refer to Figure 8 above, which will not be described again here.
在该实现方式中,提供半静态信令配置周期BSR触发的方法。通过改变当前周期BSR(periodicBSR-Timer)的触发条件,保障BSR的触发周期的稳定性,使能UE在每次传输一个新的XR帧(例如,XR帧2)时,同时上报BSR和重启periodicBSR-Timer,使得基站为UE分配适当的上行资源,以提升小区上行资源利用率,同时降低上行XR帧数据的传输时延。In this implementation, a method for semi-static signaling to configure periodic BSR triggering is provided. By changing the triggering conditions of the current periodic BSR (periodicBSR-Timer), the stability of the BSR triggering period is ensured, and the UE is enabled to simultaneously report the BSR and restart periodicBSR each time it transmits a new XR frame (for example, XR frame 2). -Timer enables the base station to allocate appropriate uplink resources to the UE to improve the utilization of uplink resources in the cell and reduce the transmission delay of uplink XR frame data.
接下来,以XR视频业务中基站和UE之间的交互为例,结合图12详细说明另一种基站通过RRC信令半静态触发UE周期上报BSR。与图10所示的方法不同之处在于,该实现方式是基站通过RRC配置信令为UE配置一个新的periodicBSR-Timer-r18,即半静态配置一个恒定的BSR触发周期。Next, taking the interaction between the base station and the UE in the XR video service as an example, another type of base station semi-statically triggers the UE to periodically report BSR through RRC signaling is described in detail with reference to Figure 12. The difference from the method shown in Figure 10 is that the base station configures a new periodicBSR-Timer-r18 for the UE through RRC configuration signaling, that is, semi-statically configures a constant BSR triggering period.
图12是本申请实施例提供的第二种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法1200的流程示意图。如图12所示,该方法具体包括如下多个步骤。Figure 12 is a schematic flowchart of the second cache status report BSR triggering method 1200 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the method specifically includes the following steps.
S1210,基站向UE发送配置信息#a(即,第三配置信息)。S1210: The base station sends configuration information #a (ie, third configuration information) to the UE.
对应的,UE接收来自基站的配置信息#a。Correspondingly, the UE receives the configuration information #a from the base station.
其中,该配置信息#a用于配置定时器#1(即,第二定时器)和第二时长,该配置信息#a用于指示UE触发一次BSR上报。The configuration information #a is used to configure timer #1 (ie, the second timer) and the second duration, and the configuration information #a is used to instruct the UE to trigger a BSR report.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该配置信息#a用于指示UE在定时器#1超时触发BSR。In a possible implementation, the configuration information #a is used to instruct the UE to trigger BSR when timer #1 times out.
示例性地,该配置信息#1可以是RRC配置信令,例如BSR-config信令。该定时器#1可以是periodicBSR-Timer-r18。例如,基站可以在BSR-Config信令中添加periodicBSR-Timer-r18(定时器#1),具体的配置方式可以参考如下所示:
For example, the configuration information #1 may be RRC configuration signaling, such as BSR-config signaling. The timer #1 can be periodicBSR-Timer-r18. For example, the base station can add periodicBSR-Timer-r18 (timer #1) in BSR-Config signaling. The specific configuration method can be as follows:
示例性地,定时器#1periodicBSR-Timer-r18的时间单元可以是子帧,也可以是时隙或毫秒等,本申请对此不做限定。For example, the time unit of timer #1periodicBSR-Timer-r18 may be a subframe, a time slot, a millisecond, etc., which is not limited in this application.
应理解,该定时器periodicBSR-Timer-r18与传统的periodicBSR-Timer是相互独立的,并且可以同时配置。 It should be understood that the timer periodicBSR-Timer-r18 and the traditional periodicBSR-Timer are independent of each other and can be configured at the same time.
需要说明的是,periodicBSR-Timer-r18的重启与XR数据帧的传输周期是同步的,即periodicBSR-Timer-r18的重启是周期性的。也就是说,仅当periodicBSR-Timer-r18超时时,periodicBSR-Timer-r18才会重启。It should be noted that the restart of periodicBSR-Timer-r18 is synchronized with the transmission cycle of the XR data frame, that is, the restart of periodicBSR-Timer-r18 is periodic. That is, periodicBSR-Timer-r18 will restart only when periodicBSR-Timer-r18 times out.
可选地,periodicBSR-Timer-r18也可以是BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18,即基站可以通过RRC信令配置一个恒定的BSR触发周期,该周期的时间单位可以是时隙,或者是毫秒等。例如,恒定的BSR触发周期为5ms。Optionally, periodicBSR-Timer-r18 can also be BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18, that is, the base station can configure a constant BSR triggering period through RRC signaling. The time unit of this period can be a time slot, or milliseconds, etc. For example, a constant BSR trigger period is 5ms.
示例性地,以半静态配置BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18为例,结合图13具体说明本申请实施例提供的第四种触发BSR的上报方式。如图13所示,以子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)为15kHz(每个时隙时长为1ms),时分双工TDD配置为4:1为例,假设XR数据帧的传输周期为15ms,且BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18的周期和XR帧周期相同,以使能UE在每次发送XR帧的同时也可以上报BSR。Illustratively, taking the semi-static configuration BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 as an example, the fourth reporting method for triggering BSR provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 13 . As shown in Figure 13, taking the subcarrier spacing (SCS) as 15kHz (each time slot is 1ms) and the time division duplex TDD configuration as 4:1 as an example, assuming that the transmission period of the XR data frame is 15ms, And the period of BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 is the same as the XR frame period, so that the UE can report the BSR each time it sends an XR frame.
示例性地,UE可以在U0向基站传输XR帧1,并上报BSR,同时开启periodicBSR-Timer和BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18。根据上述XR帧的传输周期,XR帧2将在U4到达该逻辑信道,在U2由于其他原因(例如,高优先级逻辑信道出现新的待传输数据),UE可以根据传统触发条件再次上报BSR,此时periodicBSR-Timer重启,但由于BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18与XR帧周期是同步的,此时BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18因为未超时而不会被重置,而是持续计时,直至在U4时该BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18超时。但是此时传统的periodicBSR-Timer并未超时,因此不会在U4被重启。应理解,在U4时XR帧1传输完毕,XR帧2待传输。UE可以触发BSR,并在U4上报BSR以及向基站继续传输XR帧2,同时重启BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18。以此类推。For example, the UE can transmit XR frame 1 to the base station at U0, report the BSR, and enable periodicBSR-Timer and BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 at the same time. According to the transmission cycle of the above-mentioned XR frame, XR frame 2 will arrive at the logical channel at U4. Due to other reasons (for example, new data to be transmitted on the high-priority logical channel) at U2, the UE can report the BSR again according to traditional trigger conditions. At this time, periodicBSR-Timer restarts, but since BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 is synchronized with the XR frame period, BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 will not be reset because it has not timed out, but continues to time until the BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 times out at U4. However, the traditional periodicBSR-Timer has not timed out at this time, so it will not be restarted in U4. It should be understood that at U4, XR frame 1 is transmitted and XR frame 2 is to be transmitted. The UE can trigger BSR, report BSR on U4 and continue to transmit XR frame 2 to the base station, while restarting BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18. And so on.
进一步地,基站可以通过配置信息#a指示UE触发某个LCG的BSR上报。Further, the base station can instruct the UE to trigger BSR reporting of a certain LCG through configuration information #a.
即,当该定时器#1超时时,或者每隔BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18时间单元,UE触发某个LCG的BSR上报。That is, when timer #1 times out, or every BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 time unit, the UE triggers a BSR report of a certain LCG.
一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息#a携带指示信息#B,该指示信息#B包括UE触发的BSR所对应的LCG。例如LCG的标识信息(LCG ID或LCG号)。具体实现方式可参见上述方法1200步骤S1210,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。In one possible implementation manner, the configuration information #a carries indication information #B, and the indication information #B includes the LCG corresponding to the BSR triggered by the UE. For example, LCG identification information (LCG ID or LCG number). For specific implementation methods, please refer to step S1210 of the above-mentioned method 1200. For the sake of simplicity, details will not be described here.
S1220,在第二定时器(定时器#1)的计时时长超过第二时长的情况下,UE启动或重启第二定时器,且根据BSR向基站发送BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE。S1220: When the timing duration of the second timer (timer #1) exceeds the second duration, the UE starts or restarts the second timer, and sends the BSR media access control MAC control element CE to the base station according to the BSR.
对应的,基站接收来自UE的BSR MAC CE。Correspondingly, the base station receives the BSR MAC CE from the UE.
需要说明的是,当UE同时触发BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,根据所述常规BSR和/或所述周期BSR生成BSR MAC CE;或者,当UE同时触发BSR和填充BSR时,UE根据BSR生成BSR MAC CE。It should be noted that when the UE triggers BSR, padding BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the BSR MAC CE is generated according to the regular BSR and/or the periodic BSR; or, when the UE triggers BSR and padding BSR at the same time When, the UE generates the BSR MAC CE based on the BSR.
也就是说,常规BSR和周期BSR应该优先于填充BSR,本申请实施例中由MAC CE触发的BSR的优先级优先于填充BSR,但是低于常规BSR和/或周期BSR的优先级。That is to say, regular BSR and periodic BSR should take priority over padding BSR. In the embodiment of the present application, the priority of BSR triggered by MAC CE takes precedence over padding BSR, but is lower than the priority of regular BSR and/or periodic BSR.
一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息#a包括定时器#1。即当定时器#1超时时,UE触发BSR上报。In a possible implementation, the configuration information #a includes timer #1. That is, when timer #1 times out, the UE triggers BSR reporting.
示例性地,定时器#1(例如periodicBSR-Timer-r18)的重启与XR数据帧的传输周期相同,例如5ms。例如,UE在1ms向基站传输XR帧1,并在6ms传输结束。此时,定时器#1超时,则UE立即重启定时器#2,并继续向基站传输XR帧2。依次类推。 For example, the restart of timer #1 (for example, periodicBSR-Timer-r18) is the same as the transmission period of the XR data frame, for example, 5ms. For example, the UE transmits XR frame 1 to the base station at 1ms, and the transmission ends at 6ms. At this time, timer #1 times out, and the UE immediately restarts timer #2 and continues to transmit XR frame 2 to the base station. And so on.
可选地,在XR帧1的传输过程中,可能存在由于其他条件触发BSR上报的情况,UE仍然可以按照传统的BSR触发机制上报BSR,即定时器#1periodicBSR-Timer-r18与传统的periodicBSR-Timer的重启是相互独立的。Optionally, during the transmission process of XR frame 1, BSR reporting may be triggered due to other conditions. The UE can still report BSR according to the traditional BSR triggering mechanism, that is, timer #1periodicBSR-Timer-r18 and traditional periodicBSR- Timer restarts are independent of each other.
一种可能的实现方式,该配置信息#a包括指示信息#B。In a possible implementation, the configuration information #a includes indication information #B.
示例性地,指示信息#B包括一个或多个LCG ID,例如LCG2和/或LCG4。则当该定时器#1超时时,或者每隔BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18时间单元,UE触发LCG2和/或LCG4的BSR上报。Exemplarily, the indication information #B includes one or more LCG IDs, such as LCG2 and/or LCG4. Then when timer #1 times out, or every BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 time unit, the UE triggers BSR reporting of LCG2 and/or LCG4.
应理解,上述实现方式同样适用于SL场景下UE1和UE2之间触发BSR上报具体可参考上述图8,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the above implementation method is also applicable to triggering BSR reporting between UE1 and UE2 in the SL scenario. For details, please refer to the above Figure 8, which will not be described again here.
在该实现方式中,基站通过RRC信令半静态配置一个独立于传统的periodicBSR-Timer的定时器#1(例如periodicBSR-Timer-r18),或者是配置恒定的BSR触发周期(例如,BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18),保证BSR触发的稳定性,使能UE在每次传输一个新的XR帧(例如,XR帧2)时,同时上报BSR和重启定时器#1,使得基站为UE分配适当的上行资源,以提升小区上行资源利用率,同时降低上行XR帧数据的传输时延。In this implementation, the base station semi-statically configures a timer #1 independent of the traditional periodicBSR-Timer (for example, periodicBSR-Timer-r18) through RRC signaling, or configures a constant BSR trigger period (for example, BSRtriggerPeriodicity-r18 ), ensure the stability of BSR triggering, and enable the UE to report BSR and restart timer #1 at the same time each time it transmits a new XR frame (for example, XR frame 2), so that the base station allocates appropriate uplink resources to the UE. This improves the utilization of uplink resources in the cell and reduces the transmission delay of uplink XR frame data.
这样,基站通过MAC CE或DCI主动触发UE的BSR上报,使能BSR的按时触发。另外,基站还通过RRC信令半静态配置BSR的触发条件,以及半静态配置恒定的BSR触发周期,以保障BSR的触发周期的稳定性。进一步地,基站还可以通过动态指示或半静态配置方式触发特定LCG的BSR上报,和/或动态指示BSR的触发时刻。本申请所揭示的方法,能够保证UE在发送每次传输新的数据时,及时上报BSR,以使能基站进行合理地资源分配,进而减少空口资源的浪费,以及降低数据的传输时延。In this way, the base station actively triggers the UE's BSR reporting through MAC CE or DCI, enabling on-time triggering of BSR. In addition, the base station also semi-statically configures the BSR triggering conditions through RRC signaling, and semi-statically configures a constant BSR triggering period to ensure the stability of the BSR triggering period. Further, the base station can also trigger BSR reporting of a specific LCG through dynamic indication or semi-static configuration, and/or dynamically indicate the triggering time of BSR. The method disclosed in this application can ensure that the UE reports the BSR in time when sending new data for each transmission, so as to enable the base station to perform reasonable resource allocation, thereby reducing the waste of air interface resources and reducing the data transmission delay.
需要说明的是,上述提供的通信方法可以单独实现,也可以组合实现,本申请对此不作具体限定。另外,上述提供的通信方法500、800和900可以看做是上述通信方法400具体细化的流程。其中,通信方法400、500、800、900、1000和1200中涉及的相关概念以及步骤可以相互参考等,本申请对部分内容不再赘述。It should be noted that the communication methods provided above can be implemented individually or in combination, and this application does not specifically limit this. In addition, the above-mentioned communication methods 500, 800, and 900 can be regarded as a detailed process of the above-mentioned communication method 400. Among them, the related concepts and steps involved in the communication methods 400, 500, 800, 900, 1000 and 1200 can be referred to each other, and some contents will not be repeated in this application.
上文结合图4至图13,详细描述了本申请的BSR指示/触发方法侧实施例,上述获取信息的方法主要从各个设备之间交互的角度进行了介绍。可以理解的是,为了实现上述功能,各个设备包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。The above embodiments of the BSR indication/triggering method side of the present application are described in detail with reference to Figures 4 to 13. The above method of obtaining information is mainly introduced from the perspective of interaction between various devices. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, each device includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module to perform each function.
示例性地,图14示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置3000。如图14所示,该装置3000包括处理器3010和收发器3020。其中,处理器3010和收发器3020通过内部连接通路互相通信,该处理器3010用于执行指令,以控制该收发器3020发送信号和/或接收信号。Illustratively, FIG. 14 shows a communication device 3000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the device 3000 includes a processor 3010 and a transceiver 3020. The processor 3010 and the transceiver 3020 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processor 3010 is used to execute instructions to control the transceiver 3020 to send signals and/or receive signals.
可选地,该装置3000还可以包括存储器3030,该存储器3030与处理器3010、收发器3020通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器3030用于存储指令,该处理器3010可以执行该存储器3030中存储的指令。Optionally, the device 3000 may also include a memory 3030, which communicates with the processor 3010 and the transceiver 3020 through internal connection paths. The memory 3030 is used to store instructions, and the processor 3010 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 3030.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置3000用于实现上述方法实施例中的终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation, the apparatus 3000 is used to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置3000用于实现上述方法实施例中的第一设备(例如,网络设备)对应的各个流程和步骤。In another possible implementation, the apparatus 3000 is used to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the first device (for example, network device) in the above method embodiment.
应理解,装置3000可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备,也可以是终端 设备或网络设备的芯片或者芯片系统。对应的,该收发器3020可以是该芯片的收发电路,在此不做限定。具体地,该装置3000可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与网络设备或终端设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。It should be understood that the device 3000 may be specifically the terminal device or network device in the above embodiment, or may be a terminal device. A chip or system-on-a-chip for a device or network device. Correspondingly, the transceiver 3020 may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here. Specifically, the apparatus 3000 may be used to perform various steps and/or processes corresponding to network equipment or terminal equipment in the above method embodiments.
可选地,该存储器3030可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器3010可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令,并且当该处理器3010执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器3010用于执行上述与发送端或接收端对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。Optionally, the memory 3030 may include read-only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory may also store device type information. The processor 3010 can be used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 3010 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 3010 is used to execute each step of the above method embodiment corresponding to the sending end or the receiving end. and/or process.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。During the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。本申请实施例中的处理器可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, or a discrete hardware component. The processor in the embodiment of the present application can implement or execute the various methods, steps and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiment of the present application. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述所示实施例中的方法。 According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above embodiments. Methods.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium. The computer-readable medium stores program code. When the program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-described embodiments. Methods.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. The device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对传统技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the traditional technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other various media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法,其特征在于,包括:A cache status report BSR indication method, which is characterized by including:
    终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备触发所述BSR,所述BSR用于指示所述终端设备的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态;The terminal device receives a first message from the first device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the logical channel group LCG of the terminal device;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一消息向所述第一设备发送BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE。The terminal device sends a BSR media access control MAC control element CE to the first device according to the first message.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第一设备的第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的传输资源,所述传输资源用于承载所述BSR MAC CE。The terminal device receives a second message from the first device, the second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device, and the transmission resources are used to carry the BSR MAC CE.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息承载在控制信息中,所述控制信息包括下行控制信息DCI或侧链路控制信息SCI。The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the second message is carried in control information, and the control information includes downlink control information DCI or side link control information SCI.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述控制信息还用于承载所述第一消息。The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the control information is also used to carry the first message.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息承载在MAC CE中。The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the first message is carried in MAC CE.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MAC CE的MAC子包头包括逻辑信道标识LCID;The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the MAC sub-header of the MAC CE includes a logical channel identifier LCID;
    其中,所述终端设备根据所述第一消息向所述第一设备发送BSR MAC CE,包括:Wherein, the terminal device sends BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message, including:
    当所述LCID的取值为预设值时,所述终端设备根据所述第一消息向所述第一设备发送所述BSR MAC CE。When the value of the LCID is a preset value, the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the first message is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
  8. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第一设备的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID。The terminal device receives first configuration information from the first device, and the first configuration information is used to configure at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述BSR MAC CE包括所述至少一个LCG ID所对应的LCG的缓存状态。The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that the BSR MAC CE includes the cache status of the LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID.
  10. 根据权利要求2至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一消息向所述第一设备发送所述BSR MAC CE,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 9, characterized in that the terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device according to the first message, including:
    所述终端设备在满足第一条件的情况下向所述第一设备发送所述BSR MAC CE;The terminal device sends the BSR MAC CE to the first device when the first condition is met;
    其中,所述第一条件为:Among them, the first condition is:
    所述传输资源用于初传;The transmission resources are used for initial transmission;
    所述传输资源能够容纳所述BSR MAC CE以及与所述BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及,The transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and,
    所述BSR MAC CE由所述第一消息触发。The BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还用于指示第一时长,所述第一时长用于指示第一时刻相对于第二时刻的时间偏移量,所述第一时刻为所述终端设备触发所述BSR的时刻,所述第二时刻为所述终端设备接收到所述第 一消息的时刻。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that the first message is also used to indicate a first duration, and the first duration is used to indicate the time of the first moment relative to the second moment. offset, the first moment is the moment when the terminal device triggers the BSR, and the second moment is when the terminal device receives the A moment of news.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that the method further includes:
    当所述终端设备同时触发所述BSR、填充BSR、常规BSR和/或周期BSR时,所述终端设备根据所述常规BSR和/或所述周期BSR生成所述BSR MAC CE;或者,When the terminal device triggers the BSR, filling BSR, regular BSR and/or periodic BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the regular BSR and/or the periodic BSR; or,
    当所述终端设备同时触发所述BSR和所述填充BSR时,所述终端设备根据所述BSR生成所述BSR MAC CE。When the terminal device triggers the BSR and the filling BSR at the same time, the terminal device generates the BSR MAC CE according to the BSR.
  13. 根据权利要求2至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输资源包括物理上行共享信道PUSCH资源或物理侧链路共享信道PSSCH资源。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 12, characterized in that the transmission resources include physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resources or physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) resources.
  14. 一种缓存状态报告BSR指示方法,其特征在于,包括:A cache status report BSR indication method, which is characterized by including:
    第一设备向终端设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于指示所述终端设备触发所述BSR,所述BSR用于指示所述终端设备的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态;The first device sends a first message to the terminal device, the first message is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR, and the BSR is used to indicate the cache status of the logical channel group LCG of the terminal device;
    所述第一设备接收来自所述终端设备的BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE。The first device receives the BSR media access control MAC control element CE from the terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 14, further comprising:
    所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于指示所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的传输资源,所述传输资源用于承载所述BSR MAC CE。The first device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message is used to indicate the transmission resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device, and the transmission resources are used to carry the BSR MAC CE .
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息承载在控制消息中,所述控制信息包括下行控制信息DCI或侧链路控制信息SCI。The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the second message is carried in a control message, and the control information includes downlink control information DCI or side link control information SCI.
  17. 根据权利要求14至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID。The first device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID.
  18. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备接收来自所述终端设备的BSR MAC CE,包括:The method according to any one of claims 15 to 17, characterized in that the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device, including:
    在满足第一条件的情况下,所述第一设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述BSR MAC CE;When the first condition is met, the first device receives the BSR MAC CE from the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一条件为:Among them, the first condition is:
    所述传输资源用于初传;The transmission resources are used for initial transmission;
    所述传输资源能够容纳所述BSR MAC CE以及与所述BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及,The transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and,
    所述BSR MAC CE由所述第一消息触发。The BSR MAC CE is triggered by the first message.
  19. 一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法,其特征在于,包括:A cache status report BSR triggering method is characterized by including:
    终端设备接收来自第一设备的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置第一定时器和第一信令,所述第一信令用于指示所述终端设备触发所述BSR;The terminal device receives second configuration information from the first device, the second configuration information is used to configure a first timer and first signaling, and the first signaling is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR;
    在满足第二条件的情况下,所述终端设备启动或重启所述第一定时器,且所述终端设备向所述第一设备发送BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE;When the second condition is met, the terminal device starts or restarts the first timer, and the terminal device sends a BSR media access control MAC control element CE to the first device;
    其中,所述第二条件为:Among them, the second condition is:
    传输资源用于初传,所述传输资源为所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的资源;Transmission resources are used for initial transmission, and the transmission resources are resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device;
    所述传输资源能够容纳所述终端设备上报的BSR MAC CE以及与所述BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及,The transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE reported by the terminal device and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and,
    所述第一信令为第一值。The first signaling is a first value.
  20. 一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法,其特征在于,包括: A cache status report BSR triggering method is characterized by including:
    第一设备向终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置第一定时器和第一信令,所述第一信令用于指示所述终端设备触发所述BSR;The first device sends second configuration information to the terminal device, the second configuration information is used to configure the first timer and first signaling, the first signaling is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR;
    在满足第二条件的情况下,所述第一设备接收来自所述终端设备的BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE,且所述第一定时器处于启动或重启状态;When the second condition is met, the first device receives the BSR media access control MAC control element CE from the terminal device, and the first timer is in a starting or restarting state;
    其中,所述第二条件为:Wherein, the second condition is:
    传输资源用于初传,所述传输资源为所述第一设备为所述终端设备分配的资源;Transmission resources are used for initial transmission, and the transmission resources are resources allocated by the first device to the terminal device;
    所述传输资源能够容纳所述BSR MAC CE以及与所述BSR MAC CE对应的MAC子包头;以及,The transmission resources can accommodate the BSR MAC CE and the MAC sub-header corresponding to the BSR MAC CE; and,
    所述第一信令为第一值。The first signaling is a first value.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二配置信息还包括第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID,所述BSR MAC CE包括所述至少一个LCG ID所对应的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态。The method according to claim 19 or 20, characterized in that the second configuration information also includes second signaling, the second signaling is used to indicate at least one logical channel group identifier LCG ID, the BSR MAC The CE includes the cache status of the logical channel group LCG corresponding to the at least one LCG ID.
  22. 一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法,其特征在于,包括:A cache status report BSR triggering method is characterized by including:
    终端设备接收来自第一设备的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置第二定时器和第二时长,所述第三配置信息用于指示所述终端设备触发所述BSR;The terminal device receives third configuration information from the first device, the third configuration information is used to configure a second timer and a second duration, and the third configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR;
    在所述第二定时器的计时时长超过所述第二时长的情况下,所述终端设备启动或重启所述第二定时器,且所述终端设备根据所述BSR向所述第一设备发送BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE。When the timing duration of the second timer exceeds the second duration, the terminal device starts or restarts the second timer, and the terminal device sends a message to the first device according to the BSR. BSR media access control MAC control element CE.
  23. 一种缓存状态报告BSR触发方法,其特征在于,包括:A cache status report BSR triggering method is characterized by including:
    第一设备向终端设备发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置第二定时器和第二时长,所述第三配置信息用于指示所述终端设备触发所述BSR;The first device sends third configuration information to the terminal device, the third configuration information is used to configure a second timer and a second duration, and the third configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to trigger the BSR;
    在所述第二定时器的计时时长超过所述第二时长的情况下,所述第一设备接收来自所述终端设备的BSR媒体接入控制MAC控制单元CE,且所述第二定时器处于启动或重启状态。When the timing duration of the second timer exceeds the second duration, the first device receives the BSR media access control MAC control unit CE from the terminal device, and the second timer is in Startup or restart status.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三配置信息还用于指示至少一个逻辑信道组标识LCG ID,所述BSR MAC CE包括所述至少一个LCG ID所对应的逻辑信道组LCG的缓存状态。The method according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that the third configuration information is also used to indicate at least one logical channel group identification LCG ID, and the BSR MAC CE includes the logic corresponding to the at least one LCG ID. The cache status of the channel group LCG.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和耦合至所述处理器的存储器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,当所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至24中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory stores a computer program, and when the processor executes the computer program, the communication device causes the communication device to execute as follows: The method of any one of claims 1 to 24.
  26. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:第一设备和终端设备,所述终端设备用于执行如权利要求1至13、19或21、22或24中任一项所述的方法,所述第一设备用于执行如权利要求14至18、20或21、23或24中任一项所述的方法。A communication system, characterized in that it includes: a first device and a terminal device, the terminal device is used to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, 19 or 21, 22 or 24, said The first device is used to perform the method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, 20 or 21, 23 or 24.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在终端设备上运行时,使得所述终端设备执行如权利要求1至13、19或21、22或24中任一项所述的方法;或者,当所述计算机程序在第一设备上运行时,使得所述第一设备执行如权利要求14至18、20或21、23或24中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run on a terminal device, it causes the terminal device to execute claims 1 to 13 and 19 Or the method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, 20 or 21, 23 or when the computer program is run on the first device, causing the first device to execute The method described in any one of 24.
  28. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器和耦合至所述处理器的存储器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,所述芯片位于终端设备内,当所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时, 使得所述终端设备执行如权利要求1至13、19或21、22或24中任一项所述的方法;或者,所述芯片位于第一设备内,当所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时,使得所述第一设备执行如权利要求14至18、20或21、23或24中任一项所述的方法。 A chip, characterized in that it includes: a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory stores a computer program, the chip is located in a terminal device, and when the processor executes the computer program, causing the terminal device to execute the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 13, 19 or 21, 22 or 24; or, the chip is located in the first device, and when the processor executes the computer program when the first device is caused to perform the method as described in any one of claims 14 to 18, 20 or 21, 23 or 24.
PCT/CN2023/092247 2022-05-12 2023-05-05 Buffer status report (bsr) indication method, and apparatus WO2023216986A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210516327 2022-05-12
CN202210516327.9 2022-05-12
CN202210727520.7A CN117119599A (en) 2022-05-12 2022-06-25 Buffer Status Report (BSR) indication method and device
CN202210727520.7 2022-06-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023216986A1 true WO2023216986A1 (en) 2023-11-16

Family

ID=88729696

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/092247 WO2023216986A1 (en) 2022-05-12 2023-05-05 Buffer status report (bsr) indication method, and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023216986A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140293896A1 (en) * 2013-04-01 2014-10-02 Innovative Sonic Corporation Method and apparatus for triggering a regular buffer status report (bsr) in dual connectivity
CN107889144A (en) * 2016-09-29 2018-04-06 华为技术有限公司 A kind of processing method and processing device of buffer status reporting
CN109392147A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and device
WO2023068592A1 (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-27 주식회사 블랙핀 Method and device for terminal to report buffer state in wireless communication system by using matching information about plurality of logical channel groups

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140293896A1 (en) * 2013-04-01 2014-10-02 Innovative Sonic Corporation Method and apparatus for triggering a regular buffer status report (bsr) in dual connectivity
CN107889144A (en) * 2016-09-29 2018-04-06 华为技术有限公司 A kind of processing method and processing device of buffer status reporting
CN109392147A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and device
WO2023068592A1 (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-27 주식회사 블랙핀 Method and device for terminal to report buffer state in wireless communication system by using matching information about plurality of logical channel groups

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification (Release 13)", 3GPP STANDARD; 3GPP TS 36.321, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. V13.2.0, 7 July 2016 (2016-07-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , pages 1 - 91, XP051123446 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3466151B1 (en) Method and device for sidelink data duplication
CN110572246B (en) Data sending method, data receiving method and device
US8700965B2 (en) Apparatus and method for determining number of retransmissions in a wireless system
WO2013017096A1 (en) Method, base station and user equipment for transmitting scheduling information
JP2019525622A (en) System and method for uplink data scheduling for grant-free transmission
WO2020143731A1 (en) Method for transmitting data, communication device and network device
WO2021022508A1 (en) Method, device, and system for triggering sidelink scheduling request
WO2020259363A1 (en) Electronic device and method for wireless communication, and computer-readable storage medium
CN113328834A (en) Communication method and device
CN114788204B (en) Method, device and equipment for determining state of HARQ (hybrid automatic repeat request) process
KR20230128486A (en) Method and apparatus for prioritizing HARQ feedback in NR V2X
US20240056889A1 (en) Communication processing method for data transmission and related device
WO2021036910A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2019029463A1 (en) Method and device for receiving control information and sending control information
WO2020199778A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN113906791A (en) Transceiver device and scheduling device
CN109963340B (en) Method, apparatus and computer readable medium for reducing signaling overhead and data latency
KR20190100042A (en) Method for bandwidth management part in communication system and apparatus for the same
WO2023216986A1 (en) Buffer status report (bsr) indication method, and apparatus
KR20220155322A (en) Method and apparatus for performing sidelink transmission based on PUCCH processing time in NR V2X
JP2023526459A (en) Enhanced buffer status reporting
WO2021007723A1 (en) Determining uplink grants for multiple modes
CN110999455B (en) Communication method and related equipment
CN113939019A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN117119599A (en) Buffer Status Report (BSR) indication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23802758

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1